The Ecclesiastical History of Theodoret 5

Teodoreto di Cirro (393–458 d.C.) · PG 82, 901–1277

5.1 Of the piety of the emperor Gratianus

How the Lord God is long suffering towards those who rage against him, and chastises those who abuse his patience, is plainly taught by the acts and by the fate of Valens. For the loving Lord uses mercy and justice like weights and scales; whenever he sees any one by the greatness of his errors over-stepping the bounds of loving kindness, by just punishment He hinders him from being carried to further extremes.

Now Gratianus, the son of Valentinianus, and nephew of Valens, acquired the whole Roman Empire. He had already assumed the sceptre of Europe on the death of his father, in whose life-time he had shared the throne. On the death of Valens without issue he acquired in addition Asia, and the portions of Libya.

Περὶ τῆς Γρατιανοῦ τοῦ βασιλέως εὐσεβείας.

Ὅπως μὲν ἐπὶ πλεῖστον φέρει τοὺς κατ’ αὐτοῦ λυττῶντας ὁ Δεσπότης Θεὸς, καὶ ὅπως κολάζει τοὺς οὐκ εἰς δέον τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ χρωμένους, τοιαῦτα καὶ δεδρακὼς καὶ πεπονθὼς ὁ Βάλης ἐδίδαξεν ἀκριβῶς.

Οἷον γάρ τισι σταθμοῖς καὶ ζυγοῖς, οἴκτῳ καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ χρώμενος ὁ φιλάνθρωπος, ὅταν ἴδῃ τινὰ τῷ μεγέθει τῶν πλημμελημάτων ὑπερβάλλοντα τῆς φιλανθρωπίας τὰ μέτρα, τῇ δικαίᾳ τιμωρίᾳ κωλύει τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσω φοράν. Γρατιανὸς δὲ, ὁ Βαλεντινιανοῦ μὲν υἱὸς, Βάλεντος δὲ ἀδελφιδοῦς, πᾶσαν τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἡγεμονίαν παρέλαβε. Πάλαι μὲν γὰρ τῆς Εὐρώπης παρειλήφει τὰ σκῆπτρα μετὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς τελευτήν: καὶ ἐκείνου δέ γε περιόντος, ἐκοινώνει τῆς βασιλείας. Προσέλαβεν οὗν καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν, καὶ τὰ λειπόμενα τῆς Λιβύης, ἄπαιδος ἀναιρεθέντος τοῦ Βάλεντος.

5.2 Of the return of the bishops

The emperor at once gave plain indications of his adherence to true religion, and offered the first fruits of his kingdom to the Lord of all, by publishing an edict commanding the exiled shepherds to return, and to be restored to their flocks, and ordering the sacred buildings to be delivered to congregations adopting communion with Damasus.

This Damasus, the successor of Liberius in the see of Rome, was a man of most praiseworthy life and by his own choice alike in word and deed a champion of Apostolic doctrines. To put his edict in force Gratianus sent Sapor the general, a very famous character at that time, with orders to expel the preachers of the blasphemies of Arius like wild beasts from the sacred folds, and to effect the restoration of the excellent shepherds to God’s flocks.

In every instance this was effected without dispute except in Antioch, the Eastern capital, where a quarrel was kindled which I shall proceed to describe.

Περὶ τῆς ἐπανόδου τῶν ἐπισκόπων.

Εὐθὺς μέντοι τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἣν εἶχεν ἐκδηλοτέραν κατέστησε, καὶ τῆς βασιλείας τὰς ἀπαρχὰς τῷ Βασιλεῖ τῶν ὅλων προσήνεγκε. Νόμον γὰρ ἔγραψε, καὶ τοὺς ἐληλαμένους ποιμένας ἐπανελθεῖν κελεύων, καὶ τοῖς σφετέροις ἀποδοθῆναι ποιμνίοις, καὶ τοὺς θείους οἴκους παραδοθῆναι τοῖς τὴν Δαμάσου κοινωνίαν προαιρουμένοις. Δάμασος δὲ οὗτος Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοπος ἦν, καὶ ἀξιεπαίνῳ βίῳ κοσμούμενος, καὶ πάντα λέγειν καὶ πράττειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀποστολικῶν δογμάτων αἱρούμενος: μετὰ Λιβέριον δὲ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παρειλήφει τὴν κηδεμονίαν. Συνεξέπεμψε δὲ τῷ νόμῳ καὶ Σάπωρα τὸν στρατηγὸν, ὀνομαστότατον τηνικάδε ὄντα. Καὶ τῆς μὲν Ἀρείου βλασφημίας τοὺς κήρυκας, οἷόν τινας θῆρας, τῶν ἱερῶν σηκῶν ἐξελάσαι, τοὺς δὲ ἀρίστους ποιμένας τοῖς θείοις ποιμνίοις τούτων ἀποδοθῆναι προσέταξε. Καὶ ἐν ἑκάστῳ μὲν ἔθνει τοῦτό γε ἀδηρίτως ἐγένετο, ὲν Ἀντιοχείᾳ δὲ τῇ τῆς Ἑῴας ἡγουμένῃ ἔρις ἀνήφθη τοιάδε.

5.3 Of the dissension caused by Paulinus; of the innovation by Apollinarius of Laodicea, and of the philosophy of Meletius

It has been already related how the defenders of the apostolic doctrines were divided into two parties; how immediately after the conspiracy formed against the great Eustathius, one section, in abhorrence of the Arian abomination, assembled together by themselves with Paulinus for their bishop, while, after the ordination of Euzoius, the other party separated themselves from the impious with the excellent Meletius, underwent the perils previously described, and were guided by the wise instructions which Meletius gave them. Besides these Apollinarius of Laodicea constituted himself leader of a third party, and though he assumed a mask of piety, and appeared to defend apostolic doctrines, he was soon seen to be an open foe. About the divine nature he used unsound arguments, and originated the idea of certain degrees of dignities. He also had the hardihood to render the mystery of the incarnation imperfect and affirmed that the reasonable soul, which is entrusted with the guidance of the body, was deprived of the salvation effected. For according to his argument God the Word did not assume this soul, and so neither granted it His healing gift, nor gave it a portion of His dignity. Thus the earthly body is represented as worshipped by invisible powers, while the soul which is made in the image of God has remained below invested with the dishonour of sin. Many more errors did he utter in his stumbling and blinded intelligence. At one time even he was ready to confess that of the Holy Virgin the flesh had been taken, at another time he represented it to have come down from heaven with God the Word, and yet again that He had been made flesh and took nothing from us. Other vain tales and trifles which I have thought it superfluous to repeat he mixed up with God’s gospel promises. By arguments of this nature he not only filled his own friends with dangerous doctrine but even imparted it to some among ourselves. As time went on, when they saw their own insignificance, and beheld the splendour of the Church, all except a few were gathered into the Church’s communion. But they did not quite put away their former unsoundness, and with it infected many of the sound. This was the origin of the growth in the Church of the doctrine of the one nature of the Flesh and of the Godhead, of the ascription to the Godhead of the Passion of the only begotten, and of other points which have bred differences among the laity and their priests. But these belong to a later date. At the time of which I am speaking, when Sapor the General had arrived and had exhibited the imperial edict, Paulinus affirmed that he sided with Damasus, and Apollinarius, concealing his unsoundness, did the same. The divine Meletius, on the other hand, made no sign, and put up with their dispute. Flavianus, of high fame for his wisdom, who was at that time still in the ranks of the presbyterate, at first said to Paulinus in the hearing of the officer “If, my dear friend, you accept communion with Damasus, point out to us clearly how the doctrines agree, for he though he owns one substance of the Trinity openly preaches three essences. You on the contrary deny the Trinity of the essences. Shew us then how these doctrines are in harmony, and receive the charge of the churches, as the edict enjoins.” After so silencing Paulinus by his arguments he turned to Apollinarius and said, “I am astonished, my friend, to find you waging such violent war against the truth, when all the while you know quite clearly how the admirable Damasus maintains our nature to have been taken in its perfection by God the Word; but you persist in saying the contrary, for you deprive our intelligence of its salvation. If these our charges against you be false, deny now the novelty that you have originated; embrace the teaching of Damasus, and receive the charge of the holy shrines.”

Thus Flavianus in his great wisdom stopped their bold speech with his true reasoning.

Meletius, who of all men was most meek, thus kindly and gently addressed Paulinus. “The Lord of the sheep has put the care of these sheep in my hands: you have received the charge of the rest: our little ones are in communion with one another in the true religion. Therefore, my dear friend, let us join our flocks; let us have done with our dispute about the leading of them, and, feeding the sheep together, let us tend them in common. If the chief seat is the cause of strife, that strife I will endeavour to put away. On the chief seat I will put the Holy Gospel; let us take our seats on each side of it; should I be the first to pass away, you, my friend, will hold the leadership of the flock alone. Should this be your lot before it is mine, I in my turn, so far as I am able, will take care of the sheep.” So gently and kindly spoke the divine Meletius. Paulinus did not consent. The officer passed judgment on what had been said and gave the churches to the great Meletius. Paulinus still continued at the head of the sheep who had originally seceded.

Περὶ τῆς Παυλίνου φιλονεικίας, καὶ τῆς Ἀπολιναρίου τοῦ Λαοδικέως καινοτομίας, καὶ περὶ τῆς Μελετίου φιλοσοφίας καὶ φιλοθεΐας.

Διχῆ μὲν, ὡς καὶ πρόσθεν εἰρήκαμεν, οἱ τῶν ἀποστολικῶν ὑπεραγωνιζόμενοι δογμάτων διῄρηντο: καὶ οἱ μὲν εὐθὺς μετὰ τὴν κατ’ Εὐσταθίου τοῦ μεγάλου τυρευθεῖσαν ἐπιβουλὴν, τὴν Ἀρειανικὴν βδελυξάμενοι βδελυρίαν, καὶ κατὰ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀθροιζόμενοι, Παυλῖνον εἶχον ἡγούμενον: οἱ δὲ μετὰ τὴν Εὐζὡ??ʼου χειροτονίαν σὺν Μελετίῳ τῷ πάνυ τῶν δυσσεβούντων ἀποκριθέντες, καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους ἐκείνους οὓς διεξήλθομεν ὑπομείναντες, ὑπὸ τῆς Μελετίου σοφωτάτης διδασκαλίας ἰθύνοντο. Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις Ἀπολινάριος ὁ Λαοδικεὺς ἑτέρας συμμορίας ἑαυτὸν ἀπέφηνεν ἀρχηγόν: ὃς τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας περιθέμενος προσωπεῖον, καὶ τῶν ἀποστολικῶν δογμάτων δόξας ὑπερασπίζειν μικρὸν ὕστερον προφανὴς ὤφθη πολέμιος.

Καὶ γὰρ περὶ τῆς θείας φύσεως κιβδήλοις ἐχρήσατο λόγοις, βαθμούς τινας ἀξιωμάτων γεννήσας: καὶ τὸ τῆς οἰκονομίας μυστήριον ἀτελὲς ἀποφῆναι τετόλμηκε, καὶ τὴν λογικὴν ψυχὴν. τὴν ἰθύνειν τὸ σῶμα πεπιστευμένην, ἐστερῆσθαι τῆς γεγενημένης ἔφησε σωτηρίας. Οὐκ εἰληφὼς γὰρ ταύτην κατὰ τὸν ἐκείνου λόγον ὁ Θεὸς Λόγος, οὔτε ἰατρείας ἠξίωσεν, οὔτε τιμῆς μετέδωκεν: ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν σῶμα τὸ γήϊνον ὑπὸ τῶν ἀοράτων προσκυνεῖται δυνάμεων: ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἡ κατ’ εἰκόνα θείαν γεγενημένη κάτω μεμένηκε, τὴν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀτιμίαν περικειμένη.

Πολλὰ δὲ πρὸς τούτοις καὶ ἕτερα εἷπεν ἐσφαλμένῃ καὶ τυφλωττούσῃ διανοίᾳ. Ποτὲ μὲν γὰρ συνωμολόγει καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας Παρθένου προσειλῆφθαι τὴν σάρκα, ποτὲ δὲ οὐρανόθεν ταύτην τῷ Θεῷ Αόγῳ συγκατεληλυθέναι φησίν: ἄλλοτε δὲ αὐτὸν γεγενῆσθαι σάρκα, οὐδὲν ἐξ ἡμῶν εἰληφότα. Καὶ ἑτέρους δὲ μύθους καὶ λήρους ταῖς θείαις ἐπαγγελίαις συνέζευξεν, οὓς καὶ λέγειν περιττὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος νενόμικα. Ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὖν τοιαῦτα λέγων, οὐ μόνον τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς βλάβης ἐνέπλησεν, ἀλλὰ καί τισι τῶν ἡμετέρων ταύτησ̓ μετέδωκε. Χρόνῳ γὰρ ὕστερον, τήν τε σφετέραν ὁρῶντες εὐτέλειαν, καὶ τὴν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας θεώμενοι περιφάνειαν, συνήφθησαν μὲν πλὴν ὀλίγων ἅπαντες, καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς κοινωνίας μετέλαχον: τὴν δὲ προτέραν οὐκ ἀπέθεντο νόσον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν πάλαι ἐῤῥωμένων ταύτης ἐνέπλησαν. Ἐκ τῆσδε τῆς ῥίζης ἐν ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις ἐβλάστησεν ἡ μία τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῆς θεότητος φύσις, καὶ τὸ τῇ θεότητι τοῦ Μονογενοῦς προσάπτειν τὸ πάθος, καὶ τἄλλα, ὅσα τοῖς λαοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι τὴν διαμάχην γεγέννηκεν. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ὕστερον γεγένηται.

Τότε δὲ, ἀφικομένου Σάπωρος τοῦ στρατηγοῦ, καὶ τὸν βασιλικὸν ὑποδείξαντος νόμον, ἰσχυρίζετο μὲν ὁ Παυλῖνος αὐτὸς εἷναι τῆς Δαμάσου μερίδος: ἰσχυρίζετο δὲ καὶ Ἀπολινάριος κατακρύπτων τὴν νόσον. Ὁ δὲ θεῖος Μελέτιος ἡσυχῇ καθῆστο, τῆς ἐκείνων ἀνεχόμενος ἔριδος. Φλαβιανὸς δὲ ὁ σοφώτατος, τῷ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἐγκατειλεγμένος ἔτι χορῷ, πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς τὸν Παυλῖνον ἔφη, τοῦ στρατηγοῦ ἐπαΐοντος: Εἰ τὴν Δαμάσου, ὧ φιλότης, κοινωνίαν ἀσπάζῃ. ἐπίδειξον ἡμῖν σαφῶς τὴν τῶν δογμάτων συγγένειαν. Ἐκεῖνος γὰρ μίαν τῆς Τριάδος οὐσίαν ὁμολογῶν, τὰς τρεῖς ὑποστάσεις διαῤῥήδην κηρύττει: σὺ δὲ ἄντικρυς τῶν ὑποστάσεων ἀναιρεῖς τὴν τριάδα. Δεῖξον δὴ οὖν τῶν δογμάτων τὴν συμφωνίαν, καὶ λάβε τὰς ἐκκλησίας κατὰ τὸν νόμον. Οὕτως ἐκεῖνον τοῖς ἐλέγχοις ἐπιστομίσας, πρὸς τὸν Ἀπολινάριον ἔφη: Θαυμάζω σε, ὦ φίλος, οὕτως ἀνέδην κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας μαχόμενον, καὶ ταῦτα σαφῶς ἐπιστάμενον ὡς ὁ θαυμάσιος Δάμασος τελείαν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου τὴν ἡμετέραν φύσιν ἀνειλῆφθαί φησιν: σὺ δὲ τοὐναντίον λέγων διατελεῖς. Τὸν γὰρ νοῦν τὸν ἡμέτερον τῆς σωτηρίας ἀποστερεῖς. Εἰ δὲ ψευδῆ φαμεν ταῦτά σου κατηγοροῦντες, νῦν γοῦν τὴν ὑπὸ σοῦ τεχθεῖσαν ἀρνήθητι καινοτομίαν, καὶ τὴν Δαμάσου στέρξον διδασκαλίαν, καὶ τοὺς θείους λάβε σηκούς. Ὁ μὲν οὖν σοφώτατος Φλαβιανὸς τοῖς ἀληθέσι λόγοις τὴν ἐκείνων κατέπαυσε παῤῥησίαν. Μελέτιος δὲ, ὁ πάντων ἀνθρώπων πραότατος, φιλοφρόνως ἅμα καὶ ἠπίως ἔφη πρὸς τὸν Παυλῖνον: Ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐμοὶ τῶνδε τῶνδε τῶν προβάτων τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ὁ τῶν προβάτων ἐνεχείρισε Κύριος, καὶ σὺ τῶν ἄλλων ἀναδέξαι τὴν φροντίδα, κοινωνεῖ δὲ ἀλλήλοις τῆς εὐσεβείας τὰ θρέμματα, συνάψωμεν, ὦ φιλότης, τὰ ποίμνια, καὶ τὴν περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας καταλύσωμεν διαμάχην: κοινῇ δὲ τὰ πρόβατα νέμοντες, κοινὴν αὐτοῖς προσενέγκωμεν θεραπείαν. Εἰ δὲ ὁ μέσος θῶκος τὴν ἔριν γεννᾷ, ἐγὼ καὶ ταύτην ἐξελάσαι πειράσομαι. Ἐν γὰρ τούτῳ τὸ θεῖον προτεθεικὼς Εὐαγγέλιον, ἑκατέρωθεν ἡμᾶς καθῆσθαι παρεγγυῶ: καὶ εἰ μὲν πρῶτος ἐγὼ δεξαίμην τοῦ βίου τὸ πέρας, μόνος σχῇς, ὧ φίλος, τὴν τῆς ποίμνης ἡγεμονίαν.

Εἰ δὲ σὺ πρότερος τοῦτο πάθοις, ἐγὼ πάλιν εἰς δύναμιν τῶν προβάτων ἐπιμελήσομαι. Ταῦτα ἠπίως μὲν ἄμα καὶ φιλοφρόνως ὁ θεῖς εἷπε Μελέτιος: ὁ δὲ Παυλῖνος οὐκ ἔστερξεν. Ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς, κριτὴς τῶν εἰρημένων γενόμενος, τῷ μεγάλῳ Μελετίῳ τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀποκριθέντων προβάτων ἡγούμενος.

5.4 Of Eusebius Bishop of Samosata PG 82, 1204

Apollinarius after thus failing to get the government of the churches, continued, for the future, openly to preach his new fangled doctrine, and constituted himself leader of the heresy. He resided for the most part at Laodicea; but at Antioch he had already ordained Vitalius, a man of excellent character, brought up in the apostolic doctrines, but afterwards tainted with the heresy. Diodorus, whom I have already mentioned, who in the great storm had saved the ship of the church from sinking, had been appointed by the divine Meletius, bishop of Tarsus, and had received the charge of the Cilicians. The see of Apamea Meletius entrusted to John, a man of illustrious birth, more distinguished for his own high qualities than for those of his forefathers, for he was conspicuous alike for the beauty of his teaching and of his life. In the time of the tempest he piloted the assembly of his fellows in the faith supported by the worthy Stephanus. The latter was however translated by the divine Meletius to carry on another contest, for on the arrival of intelligence that Germanicia had been contaminated by the Eudoxian pest he was sent thither as a physician to ward off the disease, thoroughly trained as he had been in a complete heathen education as well as nurtured in the Divine doctrines. He did not disappoint the expectations formed of him, for by the power of his spiritual instruction he turned the wolves into sheep.

On the return of the great Eusebius from exile he ordained Acacius whose fame is great at Berœa, and at Hierapolis Theodotus, whose ascetic life is to this day in all men’s mouths. Eusebius was moreover appointed to the see of Chalcis, and Isidorus to our own city of Cyrus; both admirable men, conspicuous for their divine zeal.

Meletius is also reported to have ordained to the pastorate of Edessa, where the godly Barses had already departed this life, Eulogius, the well known champion of apostolic doctrines, who had been sent to Antinone with Protogenes. Eulogius gave Protogenes, his companion in hard service, the charge of Carræ, a healing physician for a sick city.

Lastly the divine Eusebius ordained Maris, Bishop of Doliche, a little city at that time infected with the Arian plague. With the intention of enthroning this Maris, a right worthy man, illustrious for various virtues, in the episcopal chair, the great Eusebius came to Doliche. As he was entering into the town a woman thoroughly infected with the Arian plague let fall a tile from the roof, which crushed in his head and so wounded him that not long after he departed to the better life. As he lay a-dying he charged the bystanders not to exact the slightest penalty from the woman who had done the deed, and bound them under oaths to obey him. Thus he imitated his own Lord, who of them that crucified Him said “Father forgive them for they know not what they do.”

Thus, too, he followed the example of Stephanus, his fellow slave, who, after the stones had stormed upon him, cried aloud, “Lord lay not this sin to their charge.” So died the great Eusebius after many and various struggles. He had escaped the barbarians in Thrace, but he did not escape the violence of impious heretics, and by their means won the martyr’s crown.

These events happened after the return of the bishops, and now Gratian learnt that Thrace was being laid waste by the barbarians who had burnt Valens, so he left Italy and proceeded to Pannonia.

Περὶ Εὐσεβίου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου Σαμοσάτων.

Ἀπολινάριος δὲ τῆς τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ἡγεμονίας διαμαρτὼν, διαῤῥήδην λοιπὸν τὴν καινοτομηθεῖσαν διδασκαλίαν ἐκήρυττε, καὶ τῆς αἱρέσεως ἑαυτὸν ἀπέφηνεν ἀρχηγόν. Καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ὲν Λαοδικείᾳ τὰ πλεῖστα διέτριβεν: ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ δὲ ἤδη πρότερον ἐκεχειροτονήκει Βιτάλιον, βίῳ μὲν ἀρίστῳ κοσμούμενον, καὶ τοῖς ἀποστολικοῖς δόγμασιν ἐντεθραμμένον, ὕστερον δὲ τὴν νόσον δεξάμενον. Ὁ δὲ θεῖος Μελέτιος, Διόδωρον ἐκεῖνον, οὗ καὶ πρόσθεν ἐμνήσθην, τὸν ἐν τῷ παγχαλέπῳ κλύδωνι ἀβάπτιστον τὸ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας διασώσαντα σκάφος, Ταρσέων κατέστησε ποιμένα, καὶ τὸ Κιλίκων αὐτῷ ἐνεχείρισεν ἔθνος. Ἀπαμείας δὲ τὴν ἀρχιερατικὴν ἐπιμέλειαν Ἰωάννῃ πεπίστευκεν, ὅς εἶχε μὲν καὶ τοῦ γένους τὴν περιφάνειαν, κατορθώμασι δὲ μᾶλλον οἰκείοις ἥ προγονικοῖς ἐλαμπρύνετο. Κατὰ ταὐτὸν γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ λόγος ἐκόσμει καὶ βίος. Οὗτος ἐν τῷ τῆς ζάλης καιρῷ τὸν τῶν ὁμοπίστων ἐκυβέρνησε σύλλογον, συνεργὸν δὲ εἶχε τὸν ἀξιέπαινον Στέφανον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτον ὁ θεῖος Μελέτιος εἰς ἑτέρους ἀγῶνας μετέστησε. Μαθὼν γὰρ ὑπὸ τῆς Εὐδοξίου λώβης διεφθάρθαι τὴν Γερμανίκειαν , τοῦτον ἀπέστειλε ἰατρὸν ἀλεξίκακον: καὶ διὰ πάσης γὰρ ἦκτο παιδείας Ἑλληνικῆς, καὶ τοῖς θείοις ἐνετέθραπτο δόγμασι. Καὶ τῆς ἐλπίδος οὐκ ἐψεύσθη. Τῇ γὰρ πνευματικῇ χρώμενος διδασκαλίᾳ μετέλαβε τοὺς λύκους εἰς πρόβατα. Ὁ δὲ μέγας Εὐσέβιος, ἐκ τῆς ὑπερορίας ἐπανελθὼν, Ἀκάκιον μὲν, οὗ πολὺ τὸ κλέος, ἐν Βεροίᾳ κεχειροτόνηκεν: ἐν Ἱεραπόλει δὲ Θεόδοτον, οὗ τὴν ἀσκητικὴν πολιτείαν μέχρι καὶ τήμερον ᾅδουσιν ἅπαντες.

Εὐσέβιον δὲ Χαλκίδος, Κύρου δὲ τῆς ἡμετέρας Ἰσίδωρον: ἀξιαγάστω δὲ ἤστην ἄμφω, καὶ ζήλῳ θείῳ κεκοσμημένω. Φασὶ δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ Εὐλόγιον ἐκεῖνον, τὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀποστολικῶν ἠγωνισμένον δογμάτων, καὶ εἰς τὴν Ἀντινὼ μετὰ Πρωτογένους ἀπεσταλμένον, τῆς Ἐδέσης κεχειροτονηκέναι ποιμένα: Βάρσης γὰρ ὁ θεσπέσιος ἤδη τοῦ βίου τὸ τέλος ἐδέδεκτο.

Εὐλόγιος δὲ Πρωτογένην, τῶν ἀγώνων τὸν κοινωνὸν, ταῖς Κάραις ἐπέστησεν, ἰατρὸν ἀλεξίκακον οὐκ εὖ διακειμένῃ δωρησάμενος πόλει. Ὁ δὲ θεῖος Εὐσέβιος ἔσχατον ἐπίσκοπον Μάριν τῇ Δολιχῇ κεχειροτόνηκε: πολίχνη δὲ αὕτη σμικρὰ, καὶ τῆς Ἀρειανικῆς νόσου κατ’ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ μετειλήφει. Τοῦτον τὸν Μάριν, ἀξιέπαινον ὄντα, καὶ πολλοῖς εἴδεσιν ἀρετῶν ἠγλαϊσμένον, ἐνιδρύσαι τοῖς ἱερατικοῖς ἐθελέσας θώκοις ὁ μέγας Εὐσέβιος, τὴν Δολιχὴν κατέλαβεν.

Εἰσιόντι δὲ αὐτῷ γυνή τις, τῆς Ἀρειανικῆς νόσου ἐμπεπλησμένη, κέραμον ἄνωθεν ἐπαφῆκεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στέγους, ὅς τήν τε κεφαλὴν συνέτριψε, καὶ μετ’ ὀλίγον εἰς τὸν ἀμείνω βίον παρέπεμψεν. Ὁ δὲ τελευτῶν παρηγγύησεν ὅρκοις τοὺς παρόντας πεδήσας, μηδὲ μίαν τὴν τοῦτο δράσασαν εἰσπρᾶξαι ποινήν.

Καὶ τὸν οἰκεῖον γὰρ ἐζήλου Δεσπότην, ὅς περὶ τῶν ἐσταυρωκότων ἔφη: Πάτερ, ἄφες αὐτοῖς, οὐ γὰρ οἴδασι τί ποιοῦσι: καὶ τὸν ὁμόδουλον Στέφανον, μετὰ τὰς πολλὰς τῶν λίθων νιφάδας βοήσαντα: Κύριε, μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ταύτην. Τοιοῦτο μετὰ τοὺς παντοδαποὺς ἀγῶνας ὁ μέγας Εὐσέβιος ἐδέξατο τέλος, καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ Θρᾴκῃ βαρβάρους διαφυγὼν, τὰς τῶν δυσσεβῶν αἱρετικῶν οὐ διέφυγε χεῖρας, ἀλλὰ δἰ ἐκείνων τὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου στέφανον ἀνεδήσατο. Ταῦτα μὲν οὗν μετὰ τὴν ἐπάνοδον τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἐγένετο. Γρατιανὸς δὲ, τὴν Θρᾴκην δῃουμένην μαθὼν ὑπὸ τῶν τὸν Βάλεντα κεκαυκότων βαρβάρων, καταλιπὼν τὴν Ἰταλίαν, εἰς τὴν Πανονίαν ἀφίκετο.

5.5 Of the campaign of Theodosius

Now at this time Theodosius, on account alike of the splendour of his ancestry, and of his own courage, was a man of high repute. For this reason being from time to time stricken by the envy of his rivals, he was living in Spain, where he had been born and brought up. The emperor, being at a loss what measures to take, now that the barbarians, puffed up by their victory, both were and seemed well nigh invincible, formed the idea that a way out of his difficulties would be found in the appointment of Theodosius to the supreme command. He therefore lost no time in sending for him from Spain, appointing him commander in chief and despatching him at the head of the assembled forces.

Defended by his faith Theodosius marched confidently forth. On entering Thrace, and beholding the barbarians advancing to meet him, he drew up his troops in order of battle. The two lines met, and the enemy could not stand the attack and broke. A rout ensued, the foe taking to flight and the conquerors pursuing at full speed. There was a great slaughter of the barbarians, for they were slain not only by Romans but even by one another. After the greater number of them had thus fallen, and a few of those who had been able to escape pursuit had crossed the Danube, the great captain dispersed the troops which he commanded among the neighbouring towns, and forthwith rode at speed to this emperor Gratianus, himself the messenger of his own triumph. Even to the emperor himself, astounded at the event, the tidings he carried seemed incredible, while others stung with envy gave out that he had run away and lost his army. His only reply was to ask his gainsayers to send and ascertain the number of the barbarian dead, “For,” said he, “even from their spoils it is easy to learn their number.” At these words the emperor gave way and sent officers to investigate and report on the battle.

Περὶ τῆς Θεοδοσίου στρατηγίας.

Κατ’ ἐκεῖνον δὲ τὸν καιρὸν Θεοδόσιος, διά τε τὴν τῶν προγόνων περιφάνειαν, καὶ διὰ τὴν οἰκείαν ἀνδρείαν, ὀνομαστότατος ἦν, καὶ τούτου χάριν ὑπὸ τοῦ φθόνου τῶν ὁμοτίμων καὶ ὁμοφύλων βαλλόμενος, ἐν ταῖς Σπανίαις διέτριβεν: ἐν ἐκείναις γὰρ ἔφυ τε καὶ ἐτράφη. Ἀπορῶν δὴ οὖν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὅ τι χρὴ δράσαι, φυσηθέντες γὰρ ἐκ τῆς νίκης οἱ βάρβαροι, δύσμαχοι ἦσάν τε καὶ ἐδόκουν, τὴν Θεοδοσίου στρατηγίαν λύσιν ὑπέλαβε τῶν κακῶν. Αὐτίκα δὴ οὖν, ἐκ τῶν Σπανιῶν τὸν ἅνδρα μεταπεμψάμενος, καὶ στρατηγὸν χειροτονήσας, μετὰ τῆς συνειλεγμένης ἐξέπεμψε στρατιᾶς. Ὁ δὲ τῇ πίστει φραξάμενος θαρσαλέως ἐξώρμησε, καὶ τῆς Θρᾴκης ἐπιβὰς, καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους θεασάμενος ὁμόσε χωροῦντας, ἔταξε τὴν στρατιὰν ὡς εἰς μάχην.

Ἁψιμαχίας δὲ γενομένης, οὐκ ἐνεγκόντες ἐκεῖνοι τὴν ἐμβολὴν, τὴν τάξιν κατέλιπον: τῆς δὲ τροπῆς γενομένης, οἱ μὲν ἔφευγον, οἱ δὲ κατακράτος ἐδίωκον.

Πολὺς δὲ φόνος τῶν βαρβάρων ἐγένετο. Οὐ μόνον γὰρ ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπ’ ἀλλήλων ἐκτείνοντο. Οὕτω δὲ τῶν πλείστων ἀναιρεθέντων, ὀλίγων δὲ τῶν λαθεῖν δυνηθέντων διαβάντων τὸν Ἴστρον, εὐθὺς ὁ ἄριστος στρατηγὸς, ἣν εἶχε στρατιὰν ἐν ταῖς πελαζούσαις πόλεσι διελὼν, αὐτὸς πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Γρατιανὸν κατὰ τάχος ἐλαύνων ἀφίκετο, τῶν οἰκείων τροπαίων γενόμενος ἄγγελος. Καὶ πιστὰ μὲν λέγειν οὐδὲ αὐτῷ ἐδόκει τῷ βασιλεῖ, ὑπερεκπληττομένῳ τὸ γεγονός: οἱ δὲ ταῖς ἀκίσι τοῦ φθόνου βαλλόμενοι, καὶ πεφευγέναι αὐτὸν ἔλεγον, καὶ διεφθαρκέναι τὴν στρατιάν. Ὁ δὲ τοὺς ἀντιτεταγμένους ἐξῄτησεν ἀποστεῖλαι, καὶ γνῶναι τῶν ἀνῃρημένων βαρβάρων τὸ πλῆθος. Ῥᾴδιον δὲ, ἔφη, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν σκύλων ἐπιγνῶναι τὸν ἀριθμόν. Τούτοις εἴξας τοῖς λόγοις ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἀπέστειλε τοὺς ὀψομένους τὰ πεπραγμένα, καὶ ταῦτα μηνύσοντας.

5.6 Of the reign of Theodosius and of his dream

The great general remained, and then saw a wonderful vision clearly shewn him by the very God of the universe himself. In it he seemed to see the divine Meletius, chief of the church of the Antiochenes, investing him with an imperial robe, and covering his head with an imperial crown. The morning after the night in which he had seen the vision he told it to one of his intimate friends, who pointed out that the dream was plain and had nothing obscure or ambiguous about it.

A few days at most had gone by when the commissioners sent to investigate the battle returned and reported that vast multitudes of the barbarians had been shot down.

Then the emperor was convinced that he had done right well in selecting Theodosius for the command, and appointed him emperor and gave him the sovereignty of the share of Valens.

Upon this Gratian departed for Italy and despatched Theodosius to the countries committed to his charge. No sooner had Theodosius assumed the imperial dignity than before everything else he gave heed to the harmony of the churches, and ordered the bishops of his own realm to repair with haste to Constantinople. That division of the empire was now the only region infected with the Arian plague, for the west had escaped the taint. This was due to the fact that Constantine the eldest of Constantine’s sons, and Constans the youngest, had preserved their father’s faith in its integrity, and that Valentinian, emperor of the West, had also kept the true religion undefiled.

Περὶ τῆς τούτου βασιλείας, καὶ ὧν προεῖδεν ὀνείρων.

Ὁ δὲ ἄριστος στρατηγὸς αὐτοῦ μείνας, ὄψιν εἶδε θεσπεσίαν τινὰ, καὶ παῤ αὐτοῦ σαφῶς αὐτῷ δειχθεῖσαν τοῦ τῶν ὅλων Θεοῦ. Ἐδόκει γὰρ ὁρᾷν τὸν θεῖον Μελέτιον, τῆς Ἀντιοχέων Ἐκκλησίας τὸν πρόεδρον, χλανίδα τε αὐτῷ βασιλικὴν περιθέντα, καὶ παραπλησίῳ στεφάνῳ κοσμοῦντα τὴν κεφαλήν.

Ταῦτα νύκτωρ ἰδὼν, ἐμήνυσεν ἕωθεν τῶν συνήθων τινί: ὁ δὲ σαφὲς εἷναι τὸ ἐνύπνιον ἔφη, καὶ μηδὲν αἰνιγματῶδες, μηδὲ ἀμφίβολον ἔχειν. Ὀλίγων δὲ ἄγαν διελθουσῶν ἡμερῶν, ἐπανῆλθον μὲν τῶν πεπραγμένων οἱ ἔφοροι, καὶ κατηκοντίσθαι τὰς πολλὰς τῶν βαρβάρων ἔφησαν μυριάδας. Πεισθεὶς δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ὡς ἄριστα ψηφισάμενος αὐτὸν στρατηγὸν, βασιλέα κεχειροτόνηκε, καὶ τῆς Βάλεντος μοίρας τὰ σκῆπτρα παρέδωκε. Καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐξώρμησεν, ἐκεῖνον δὲ εἰς τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡγεμονίαν παρέπεμψεν. Εὐθὺς δὴ οὖν τὴν βασιλείαν παραλαβὼν, τῆς τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων συμφωνίας ἐπεμελήθη, καὶ τοὺς τῆς οἰκείας ἡγεμονίας ἐπισκόπους εἰς τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν δραμεῖν παρηγγύησε. Αὕτη γὰρ μόνη τῆς Ἀρειανικῆς ἐνεπέπληστο λώβης: ἡ γὰρ Ἑσπέρα τῆς νόσου ταύτης ἐλευθέρα διέμεινε. Κωνσταντῖνος μὲν γὰρ, ὁ τῶν Κωνσταντίνου παίδων πρεσβύτατος, καὶ Κώνστας ὁ νεώτατος, τὴν πατρῴαν πίστιν ἀκήρατον διετήρησαν, καὶ αὖ πάλιν Βαλεντινιανὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς Ἑσπέρας ἀκραιφνῆ διεφύλαξε τὴν εὐσέβειαν.

5.7 Of famous leaders of the Arian faction

The Eastern section of the empire had received the infection from many quarters. Arius, a presbyter of Alexandria in Egypt, there begat the blasphemy. Eusebius, Patrophilus, and Aetius of Palestine, Paulinus and Gregorius of Phœnicia, Theodotus of Laodicea and his successor Georgius, and after him Athanasius and Narcissus of Cilicia, had nurtured the seeds so foully sown. Eusebius and Theognis of Bithynia; Menophantus of Ephesus; Theodorus of Perinthus and Maris of Chalcedon, and some others of Thrace famous only for their vices, had for a long time gone on watering and tending the crop of tares. These bad husbandmen were aided by the indifference of Constantius and the malignity of Valens.

For these reasons only the bishops of his own empire were summoned by the emperor to meet at Constantinople. They arrived, being in all one hundred and fifty in number, and Theodosius forbade any one to tell him which was the great Meletius, for he wished the bishop to be recognized by his dream. The whole company of the bishops entered the imperial palace, and then without any notice of all the rest, Theodosius ran up to the great Meletius, and, like a boy who loves his father, stood for a long space gazing on him with filial joy, then flung his arms around him, and covered eyes and lips and breast and head and the hand that had given him the crown, with kisses. Then he told him of his dream. All the rest of the bishops were then courteously welcomed, and all were bidden to deliberate as became fathers on the subjects laid before them.

Τίνες ἐπίσημοι προστάται τῆς Ἀρείου συμμορίας ἐγένοντο.

Τὸ δὲ τμῆμα τῶν Ἑῴων πολλαχόθεν τὴν λώβην ταύτην ἐδέξατο. Ἄρειός τε γὰρ Ἀλεξανδρείας τῆς Αἰγυπτίας πρεσβύτερος ὥν, ἐκεῖ τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐγέννησε: καὶ Εὐσέβιος, καὶ Πατρόφιλος, καὶ Ἀέτιος, οἱ Παλ ιστῖνοι, καὶ Παυλῖνος καὶ Γρηγόριος, οἱ Φοίνικες, καὶ Λαοδικείας Θεόδοτος, καὶ ὁ μετὰ τοῦτον Γεώργιος, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Ἀθανάσιός τε καὶ Νάρκισσος, οἱ Κίλικες, τὰ κακῶς καταβληθέντα ἐξέθρεψαν σπέρματα: Εὐσέβιός τε καὶ Θεόγνιος, οἱ Βιθυνοὶ, καὶ Μηνόφαντος ὁ Ἐφέσιος, καὶ Θεόδωρος ὁ Περίνθιος, καὶ Μάρις ὁ Χαλκηδόνιος, καὶ ἕτεροί τινες ἀπὸ τῆς Θρᾴκης, ἀπὸ κακίας μόνης ἐπίσημοι, μέχρι πολλοῦ διετέλεσαν τὴν τῶν ζιζανίων σπορὰν ἄρδοντές τε καὶ θάλποντες. Τοῖς δὲ κακοῖς συνέπραξε γεωργοῖς, Κωνσταντίου τε ἡ εὐκολία, καὶ ἡ Βάλεντος μοχθηρία. Τούτου δὴ ἕνεκα, μόνης τῆς οἰκείας βασιλείας τοὺς ἐπισκόπους εἰς τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν συναθροισθῆναι προσέταξεν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀφίκοντο, πεντήκοντα δὲ ἦσαν καὶ ἑκατὸν, παρηγγύησε μηδένα αὐτῷ μηνύσαι ὅστις ὁ μέγας εἴη Μελέτιος: ἐβούλετο γὰρ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἐνυπνίου μνήμης μηνυθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ εἰς τὸν βασίλειον εἰσελήλυθεν οἶκον ἅπας ἐκεῖνος τῶν ἐπισκόπων ὁ ὅμιλος, τοὺς ἄλλους καταλιπὼν ἅπαντας, τῷ μεγάλῳ Μελετίῳ προσέδραμεν, καὶ οἷόν τις παῖς φιλοπάτωρ, διὰ χρόνου μακροῦ θέας πατρικῆς ἀπολαύσας, περιεπτύσσετό τε καὶ κατεφίλει, καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς, καὶ χείλη, καὶ στέρνα καὶ κεφαλὴν, καὶ τὴν στεφανώσασαν δεξιάν. Ἐδήλωσε δὲ καὶ τὴν ὄψιν ἥν εἶδε. Φιλοφρονησάμενος δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας, βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν προκειμένων ὡς πατέρας ἠξίωσε.

5.8 The council assembled at Constantinople

At this time the recent feeder of the flock at Nazianzus was living at Constantinople, continually withstanding the blasphemies of the Arians, watering the holy people with the teaching of the Gospel, catching wanderers outside the flock and removing them from poisonous pasture. So that flock once small he made a great one. When the divine Meletius saw him, knowing as he did full well the object which the makers of the canon had before them when, with the view of preventing the possibility of ambitious efforts, they forbade the translation of bishops, he confirmed Gregory in the episcopate of Constantinople. Shortly afterwards the divine Meletius passed away to the life that knows no pain, crowned by the praises of the funeral eloquence of all the great orators.

Timotheus, bishop of Alexandria, who had followed Peter, the successor of Athanasius in the patriarchate, ordained in place of the admirable Gregorius, Maximus—a cynic who had but recently suffered his cynic’s hair to be shorn, and had been carried away by the flimsy rhetoric of Apollinarius. But this absurdity was beyond the endurance of the assembled bishops—admirable men, and full of divine zeal and wisdom, such as Helladius, successor of the great Basil, Gregorius and Peter, brothers of Basil, and Amphilochius from Lycaonia, Optimus from Pisidia, Diodorus from Cilicia.

The council was also attended by Pelagius of Laodicæa, Eulogius of Edessa, Acacius, our own Isidorus, Cyril of Jerusalem, Gelasius of Cæsarea in Palestine, who was renowned alike for lore and life and many other athletes of virtue.

All these then whom I have named separated themselves from the Egyptians and celebrated divine service with the great Gregory. But he himself implored them, assembled as they were to promote harmony, to subordinate all question of wrong to an individual to the promotion of agreement with one another. “For,” said he, “I shall be released from many cares and once more lead the quiet life I hold so dear; while you, after your long and painful warfare, will obtain the longed for peace. What can be more absurd than for men who have just escaped the weapons of their enemies to waste their own strength in wounding one another; by so doing we shall be a laughing stock to our opponents. Find then some worthy man of sense, able to sustain heavy responsibilities and discharge them well, and make him bishop.” The excellent pastors moved by these counsels appointed as bishop of that mighty city a man of noble birth and distinguished for every kind of virtue as well as for the splendour of his ancestry, by name Nectarius. Maximus, as having participated in the insanity of Apollinarius, they stripped of his episcopal rank and rejected. They next enacted canons concerning the good government of the church, and published a confirmation of the faith set forth at Nicæa. Then they returned each to his own country. Next summer the greater number of them assembled again in the same city, summoned once more by the needs of the church, and received a synodical letter from the bishops of the west inviting them to come to Rome, where a great synod was being assembled. They begged however to be excused from travelling thus far abroad; their doing so, they said, would be useless. They wrote however both to point out the storm which had risen against the churches, and to hint at the carelessness with which the western bishops had treated it. They also included in their letter a summary of the apostolic doctrine, but the boldness and wisdom of their expressions will be more clearly shown by the letter itself.

Περὶ τῆς ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει συναθροισθείσης συνόδου.

Κατ’ ἐκεῖνον δὲ τὸν χρόνον ὁ τὴν Ναζιανζὸν τὰ τελευταῖα ποιμάνας ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει διέτριβε, ταῖς Ἀρειανικαῖς ἀντιταττόμενος βλασφημίαις: καὶ τόν τε θεῖον λαὸν ταῖς εὐαγγελικαῖς ἄρδων διδασκαλίαις, τούς τε τῆς ποίμνης ἔξω πλανωμένους ἀγρεύων, καὶ τῆς ὀλεθρίου πόας ἐλευθερῶν, οὕτω τὴν ποίμνην ἐκείνην ἐξ ὀλίγου μεγάλην ἀπέφηνεν.

Τοῦτον ἰδὼν ὁ θεῖος Μελέτιος, καὶ τῶν τὸν κανόνα γεγραφότων τὸν σκοπὸν ἐπιστάμενος, τὰς γὰρ τῆς φιλαρχίας ἀφορμὰς περικόπτοντες, ἐκώλυσαν τὴν μετάθεσιν, ἐβεβαίωσε τῷ Γρηγορίῳ τὴν τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως προεδρίαν: ὀλίγου δὲ διελθόντος χρόνου, ὁ μὲν θεῖος Μελέτιος εἰς τὴν ἄλυπον μετέστη ζωὴν, ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν τοῦ λόγου μετειληχότων ταῖς ἐπιταφίοις τελειωθεὶς εὐφημίαις.

Τιμόθεος δὲ ὁ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων ἐπίσκοπος, ὅς Πέτρον διεδέξατο τὸν τῆς Ἀθανασίου προεδρίας κληρονόμον γενόμενον, ἀντὶ τοῦ θαυμασίου Γρηγορίου, Μάξιμόν τινα κεχειροτόνηκε κυνικὸν, εὐθὺς αὐτοῦ τὰς κυνικὰς ἀποκείρας τρίχας: καὶ τῆς Ἀπολιναρίου δὲ τερθρείας ἀνάπλεως οὗτος ἦν.

Ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἤνεγκαν τοῦ γεγενημένου τὴν ἀτοπίαν οἱ τηνικαῦτα συνειλεγμένοι: ἦσαν δὲ ἄνδρες ἀξιάγαστοι, καὶ ζήλου θείου καὶ σοφίας ἀνάπλεοι, Ἑλλάδιος μὲν ὁ τῆς τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλείου προεδρείας διάδοχος, Γρηγόριος δὲ καὶ Πέτρος, οἱ τοὺς αὐτοὺς Βασιλείῳ πατέρας αὐχήσαντες: Ἀμφιλόχιος δὲ Λυκαόνων ἠγεῖτο, καὶ Πισίδων Ὄπτιμος, καὶ Κιλίκων Διόδωρος. Παρῆν δὲ καὶ Πελάγιος ὁ Λαοδικείας, καὶ Εὐλόγιος ὁ Ἐδέσης, καὶ Ἀκάκιος, καὶ Ἰσίδωρος ὁ ἡμέτερος, καὶ Κύριλλος ὁ Ἱεροσολύμων, καὶ Γελάσιος ὁ Καισαρείας τῆς Παλαιστίνης, λόγῳ καὶ βίῳ κοσμούμενος, καὶ ἕτεροι πλεῖστοι τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀθληταί. Τότε δὴ οὗν οὗτοι πάντες, τῶν Αἰγυπτίων σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀποκρίναντες, σὺν τῷ μεγάλῳ Γρηγορίῳ τὰς πανηγύρεις ἐπετέλουν τὰς θείας.

Ὁ δὲ θεῖος παρεκάλει Γρηγόριος, περὶ συμφωνίας συνηθροισμένους τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁμόνοιαν προτιμῆσαι τῆς ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἀδικίας. Ἐγώ τε γὰρ, ἔφη, τῶν πλειόνων φροντίδων ἀπαλλαγεὶς, τὴν ἐμοὶ φίλην ἀπολήψομαι ἡσυχίαν, καὶ ὑμεῖς τὴν τριπόθητον εἰρήνην μετὰ τὸν μακρὸν ἐκεῖνον καὶ χαλεπὸν ἀπολήψεσθε πόλεμον. Τῶν γὰρ λίαν ἀτοπωτάτων, ἄρτι τῶν πολεμικῶν ἀπαλλαγέντας βελῶν ἀλλήλους βάλλειν, καὶ τὴν οἰκείαν ἀναλίσκειν ἰσχύν. Ἐπίχαρτοι γὰρ οὕτω τοῖς δυσμενέσιν ἐσόμεθα. Ἄνδρα δὴ οὖν ἐπιζητήσαντες ἀξιέπαινον, καὶ νοῦν ἔχοντα, τῶν φροντίδων τὸ πλῆθος καὶ δέξασθαι καὶ εὖ διαθεῖναι δυνάμενον, ἀρχιερέα προβάλλεσθε. Ταύταις οἱ ἄριστοι ποιμένες ταῖς ὑποθήκαις πεισθέντες, Νεκτάριον εὐπατρίδην ἄνδρα, καὶ περιφανείᾳ γένους κοσμούμενον, καὶ τοῖς τῆς ἀρετῆς εἴδεσι λαμπρυνόμενον, ἐπίσκοπον τῆς μεγίστης ἐκείνης ἐχειροτόνησαν πόλεως, τὸν δὲ Μάξιμον, ὡς τῆς Ἀπολιναρίου φρενοβλαβείας μετειληχότα, τῆς ἀρχιερατικῆς ἀξίας γυμνώσαντες, ἀπεκήρυξαν. Καὶ κανόνας δὲ περὶ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς γράψαντες εὐκοσμίας, καὶ τὴν ἐκτεθεῖσαν πίστιν ἐν Νικαίᾳ βεβαίαν μένειν διαγορεύσαντες, εἰς τὰς οἰκείας ἐπανῆλθον πατρίδας.

Τοῦ δὲ ἐπιγενομένου θέρους, εἰς ἐκείνην αὖθις τὴν πόλιν οἱ πλεῖστοι τούτων παραγενόμενοι, ἐκκλησιαστικαὶ γὰρ αὐτοὺς πάλιν συνεκάλεσαν χρεῖαι, συνοδικὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῶν τῆς Ἑσπέρας ἐπισκόπων ἐδέξαντο, εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην αὐτοὺς ἀφικέσθαι προτρέπουσαν, ὡς συνόδου μεγίστης αὐτόθι συγκροτουμένης.

Ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν ἀποδημίαν παρῃτήσαντο, ὡς οὐδὲν ἔχουσαν κέρδος: ἐπέστειλαν δὲ, τόν τε κλύδωνα τὸν κατὰ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ἐπαναστάντα σημαίνοντες, καὶ τὴν γεγενημένην αὐτῶν ἀμέλειαν αἰνιττόμενοι. Ἐν κεφαλαίῳ δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀποστολικὸν τοῖς γράμμασιν ἐνέθηκαν φρόνημα.

Σαφέστερον δὲ τὴν τῶν γεγραφότων ἀνδρείαν τε καὶ σοφίαν αὐτὰ δηλώσει τὰ γράμματα.

5.9 Synodical letter from the council at Constantinople PG 82, 1216

“To the right honourable lords our right reverend brethren and colleagues Damasus, Ambrosius, Britton, Valerianus, Ascholius, Anemius, Basilius and the rest of the holy bishops assembled in the great city of Rome, the holy synod of the orthodox bishops assembled at the great city of Constantinople, sends greeting in the Lord.

“To recount all the sufferings inflicted on us by the power of the Arians, and to attempt to give information to your reverences, as though you were not already well acquainted with them, might seem superfluous. For we do not suppose your piety to hold what is befalling us as of such secondary importance as that you stand in any need of information on matter’s which cannot but evoke your sympathy. Nor indeed were the storms which beset us such as to escape notice from their insignificance. Our persecutions are but of yesterday. The sound of them still rings in the ears alike of those who suffered them and of those whose love made the sufferers’ pain their own. It was but a day or two ago, if I may so say, that some released from chains in foreign lands returned to their own churches through manifold afflictions; of others who had died in exile the relics were brought home; others again, even after their return from exile, found the passion of the heretics still at boiling heat, and, slain by them with stones as was the blessed Stephen, met with a sadder fate in their own than in a stranger’s land. Others, worn away with various cruelties, still bear in their bodies the scars of their wounds and the marks of Christ.

“Who could tell the tale of fines, of disfranchisements, of individual confiscations, of intrigues, of outrages, of prisons? In truth all kinds of tribulation were wrought out beyond number in us, perhaps because we were paying the penalty of sins, perhaps because the merciful God was trying us by means of the multitude of our sufferings. For these all thanks to God, who by means of such afflictions trained his servants and, according to the multitude of his mercies, brought us again to refreshment. We indeed needed long leisure, time, and toil to restore the church once more, that so, like physicians healing the body after long sickness and expelling its disease by gradual treatment, we might bring her back to her ancient health of true religion. It is true that on the whole we seem to have been delivered from the violence of our persecutions and to be just now recovering the churches which have for a long time been the prey of the heretics. But wolves are troublesome to us who, though they have been driven from the byre, yet harry the flocks up and down the glades, daring to hold rival assemblies, stirring seditions among the people, and shrinking from nothing which can do damage to the churches.

“So, as we have already said, we needs must labour all the longer. Since however you showed your brotherly love to us by inviting us (as though we were your own members) by the letters of our most religious emperor to the synod which you are gathering by divine permission at Rome, to the end that since we alone were then condemned to suffer persecution, you should not now, when our emperors are at one with us as to true religion, reign apart from us, but that we, to use the apostle’s phrase, should reign with you, our prayer was, if it were possible, all in company to leave our churches, and rather gratify our longing to see you than consult their needs. For who will give us wings as of a dove, and we will fly and be at rest? But this course seemed likely to leave the churches who were just recovering quite undefended, and the undertaking was to most of us impossible, for, in accordance with the letters sent a year ago from your holiness after the synod at Aquileia to the most pious emperor Theodosius, we had journeyed to Constantinople, equipped only for travelling so far as Constantinople, and bringing the consent of the bishops remaining in the provinces for this synod alone. We had been in no expectation of any longer journey nor had heard a word about it before our arrival at Constantinople. In addition to all this, and on account of the narrow limits of the appointed time which allowed of no preparation for a longer journey, nor of communicating with the bishops of our communion in the provinces and of obtaining their consent, the journey to Rome was for the majority impossible. We have therefore adopted the next best course open to us under the circumstances, both for the better administration of the church, and for manifesting our love towards you, by strongly urging our most venerated, and honoured colleagues and brother bishops Cyriacus, Eusebius and Priscianus, to consent to travel to you.

“Through them we wish to make it plain that our disposition is all for peace with unity for its sole object, and that we are full of zeal for the right faith. For we, whether we suffered persecutions, or afflictions, or the threats of emperors, or the cruelties of princes or any other trial at the hands of heretics, have undergone all for the sake of the evangelic faith, ratified by the three hundred and eighteen fathers at Nicæa in Bithynia. This is the faith which ought to be sufficient for you, for us, for all who wrest not the word of the true faith; for it is the ancient faith; it is the faith of our baptism; it is the faith that teaches us to believe in the name of the Father, of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost.

“According to this faith there is one Godhead, Power and Substance of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Ghost; the dignity being equal, and the majesty being equal in three perfect essences and three perfect persons. Thus there is neither room for the heresy of Sabellius by the confusion of the essences or destruction of the individualities; thus the blasphemy of the Eunomians, of the Arians, and of the Pneumatomachi is nullified, which divides the substance, the nature and the godhead and superinduces on the uncreated consubstantial and co-eternal trinity a nature posterior, created and of a different substance. We moreover preserve unperverted the doctrine of the incarnation of the Lord, holding the tradition that the dispensation of the flesh is neither soulless nor mindless nor imperfect; and knowing full well that God’s Word was perfect before the ages, and became perfect man in the last days for our salvation.

“Let this suffice for a summary of the doctrine which is fearlessly and frankly preached by us, and concerning which you will be able to be still further satisfied if you will deign to read the report of the synod of Antioch, and also that issued last year by the œcumenical council held at Constantinople, in which we have set forth our confession of the faith at greater length, and have appended an anathema against the heresies which innovators have recently inscribed.

“Now as to the particular administration of individual churches, an ancient custom, as you know, has obtained, confirmed by the enactment of the holy fathers at Nicæa, that, in every province, the bishops of the province, and, with their consent, the neighbouring bishops with them, should perform ordinations as expediency may require. In conforming with these customs note that other churches have been administered by us and the priests of the most famous churches publicly appointed. Accordingly over the new made (if the expression be allowable) church at Constantinople, which, as though from a lion’s mouth, we have lately snatched by God’s mercy from the blasphemy of the heretics, we have ordained bishop the right reverend and most religious Nectarius, in the presence of the œcumenical council, with common consent, before the most religious emperor Theodosius, and with the assent of all the clergy and of the whole city. And over the most ancient and truly apostolic church in Syria, where first the noble name of Christians was given them, the bishops of the province and of the eastern diocese have met together and canonically ordained bishop the right reverend and most religious Flavianus, with the consent of all the church, who as though with one voice joined in expressing their respect for him. This rightful ordination also received the sanction of the general council. Of the church at Jerusalem, mother of all the churches, we make known that the right reverend and most religious Cyril is bishop, who was some time ago canonically ordained by the bishops of the province, and has in several places fought a good fight against the Arians. We beseech your reverence to rejoice at what has thus been rightly and canonically settled by us, by the intervention of spiritual love and by the influence of the fear of the Lord, compelling the feelings of men, and making the edification of churches of more importance than individual grace or favour. Thus since among us there is agreement in the faith and Christian charity has been established, we shall cease to use the phrase condemned by the apostles, ‘I am of Paul and I of Apollos and I of Cephas,’ and all appearing as Christ’s, who in us is not divided, by God’s grace we will keep the body of the church unrent, and will boldly stand at the judgment seat of the Lord.”

These things they wrote against the madness of Arius, Aetius, and Eunomius; and moreover against Sabellius, Photinus, Marcellus, Paul of Samosata, and Macedonius. Similarly they openly condemned the innovation of Apollinarius in the phrase, “And we preserve the doctrine of the incarnation of the Lord, holding the tradition that the dispensation of the flesh is neither soulless, nor mindless, nor imperfect.”

Συνοδικὸν παρὰ τῆς ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει συνόδου.

Κυρίοις τιμιωτάτοις, καὶ εὐλαβεστάτοις ἀδελφοῖς καὶ συλλειτουργοῖς, Δαμάσῳ, Ἀμβροσίῳ, Βρίττωνι, Οὐαλεριανῷ, Ἀσχολίῳ, Ἀνεμίῳ, Βασιλείῳ, καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἁγίοις ἐπισκόποις, τοῖς συνεληλυθόσιν ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ πόλει Ῥώμῃ, ἡ ἁγία σύνοδος τῶν ὀρθοδόξων ἐπισκόπων, τῶν συνεληλυθότων ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ πόλει Κωνσταντινουπόλει, ἐν Κυρίῳ χαίρειν.

Τὸ μὲν ὡς ἀγνοοῦσαν τὴν ὑμετέραν εὐλάβειαν διδάσκειν, καὶ διηγεῖσθαι τῶν παθημάτων τὸ πλῆθος, τῶν ἐπαχθέντων ἡμῖν παρὰ τῆς τῶν Ἀρειανῶν δυναστείας, περιττὸν ἴσως. Οὕτε γὰρ οὕτω πάρεργον τὰ καθ̓ ἡμᾶς κρίνειν τὴν ὑμετέραν ἡγούμεθα θεοσέβειαν, ὡς δεῖσθαι τοῦ μαθεῖν ταῦτα, οἷς ἐχρῆν συναλγεῖν: οὔτε τοιοῦτοί τινες περισχόντες ἡμᾶς χειμῶνες, ὡς λανθάνειν ἀπὸ σμικρότητος.

Ὅ τε χρόνος τῶν διωγμῶν νεαρὸς, ἔναυλον ἔτι φυλάττων τὴν μνήμην, οὐ τοῖς πεπονθόσι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς δἰ ἀγάπην τὰ τῶν πεπονθότων οἰκειουμένοις.

Χθὲς γὰρ ὡς εἰπεῖν ἔτι καὶ πρώην οἱ μὲν τῶν τῆς ἐξορίας λυθέντες δεσμῶν εἰς τὰς ἑαυτῶν Ἐκκλησίας διὰ μυρίων ἐπανήκασι θλίψεων: τῶν δὲ καὶ τελειωθέντων ἐν ταῖς ἐξορίαις ἐπανεκομίσθη τὰ λείψανα: τινὲς δὲ καὶ μετὰ τὴν τῆς ἐξορίας ἐπάνοδον, ἔτι βράσσοντι τῷ τῶν αἱρετικῶν περιπεσόντες θυμῷ, πικρότερα τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀλλοτρίας ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκείας ὑπέμειναν, λίθοις παῤ αὐτῶν τελειωθέντες κατὰ τὸν μακάριον Στέφανον. Ἅλλοι διαφόροις καταξανθέντες αἰκίαις, ἔτι τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ τοὺς μώλωπας ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέρουσι. Χρημάτων δὲ ζημίας καὶ προτιμήσεις πόλεων, καὶ τὰς τῶν καθ̓ ἕνα δημεύσεις, καὶ συσκευὰς, καὶ ὕβρεις, καὶ δεσμωτήρια, τίς ἂν ἐξαριθμήσασθαι δύναται; Πᾶσαι γὰρ ὄντως ἐφ̓ ἡμᾶς αἰ θλίψεις ἐπληθύνθησαν ὑπὲρ ἀριθμὸν, ἴσως μὲν ἐπεὶ δίκας ἁμαρτημάτων ἐτίνομεν, ἴσως δὲ καὶ τοῦ φιλανθρώπου Θεοῦ διὰ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν παθημάτων ἡμᾶς γυμνάζοντος. Τούτων μὲν οὗν τῷ Θεῷ χάρις, ὃς καὶ διὰ τοσούτων θλίψεων τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ δούλους ἐπαίδευσε, καὶ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν αὐτοῦ πάλιν ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς εἰς ἀναψυχήν. Ἡμῖν δὲ μακρᾶς μὲν ἔδει σχολῆς, καὶ πολλοῦ χρόνου καὶ πόνου, πρὸς τὴν τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ἐπανόρθωσιν, ἴν̓ ὥσπερ ἐκ μακρᾶς ἀῤῥωστίας, ταῖς κατὰ μικρὸν ἐπιμελείαις τὸ σῶμα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐκνοσηλεύοντες, πρὸς τὴν ἀρχαίαν τῆς εὐσεβείας ὑγίειαν ἐπαναγάγωμεν. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ τὰ μάλιστα δοκοῦμεν τῆς τῶν διωγμῶν ἀπηλλάχθαι σφοδρότητος, καὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας χρονίως παρὰ τῶν αἱρετικῶν κατασχεθείσας ἀρτίως ἀνακομίζεσθαι, πλὴν ἀλλὰ βαρεῖς ἡμῖν λύκοι, καὶ μετὰ τὸ τῆς μάνδρας ἐξωσθῆναι, κατὰ τὰς νάπας τὰ ποίμνια διαρπάζοντες, ἀντισυνάξεις τολμῶντες, δήμων κινοῦντες ἐπαναστάσεις, ὀκνοῦντες οὐδὲν εἰς τὴν τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν βλάβην.

Ἦν μὲν οὖν ὅπερ εἰρήκαμεν ἀναγκαῖον, πλείονα ἡμᾶς προσασχοληθῆναι χρόνον. Ἐπειδὴ μέντοι τὴν ἀδελφικὴν περὶ ἡμᾶς ἀγάπην ἐπιδεικνύμενοι, σύνοδον ἐπὶ τῆς Ῥώμης Θεοῦ βουλήσει συγκροτοῦντες, καὶ ἡμᾶς ὡς οἰκεῖα μέλη προσεκαλέσασθε διὰ τῶν τοῦ θεοφιλεστάτου βασιλέως γραμμάτων, ἵν’ ἐπειδὴ τότε τὰς θλίψεις μόνοι κατεδικάσθημεν, νῦν ἐν τῇ τῶν αὐτοκρατόρων περὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν συμφωνίᾳ μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν βασιλεύσητε, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν κατὰ τὴν ἀποστολικὴν φωνὴν συμβασιλεύσωμεν: εὐχὴ μὲν ἦν ἡμῖν, εἰ δυνατὸν, ἅπασιν ἀθρόως καταλιποῦσι τὰς Ἐκκλησίας, τῷ πόθῳ ἢ τῇ χρείᾳ χαρίσασθαι. Τίς γὰρ ἡμῖν δώσει πτέρυγας ὡσεὶ περιστερᾶς, καὶ πετασθησόμεθα, καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς καταπαύσομεν; ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτο παντελῶς ἐγύμνου τὰς Ἐκκλησίας, ἄρτι τῆς ἀνανεώσεως ἀρχομένας, καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα παντάπασιν ἧν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀδύνατον: συνεδεδραμήκειμεν γὰρ εἰς τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν, ἐκ τῶν πέρυσι γραμμάτων τῶν παρὰ τῆς ὑμετέρας τιμιότητος μετὰ τὴν ἐν Ἀκυληΐᾳ σύνοδον πρὸς τὸν θεοφιλέστατον βασιλέα Θεοδόσιον ἐπισταλθέντων: πρὸς μόνην ταύτην τὴν ἀποδημίαν τὴν μέχρι Κωνσταντινουπόλεως παρεσκευασμένοι, καὶ περὶ ταύτης μόνης τῆς συνόδου τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐπαρχίαις μεινάντων ἐπισκόπων συγκατάθεσιν ἐπαγόμενοι, μείζονος δὲ ἀποδημίας μήτε προσδοκήσαντες χρείαν, μήτε προακούσαντες ὅλως, πρὶν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει συνελθεῖν: πρὸς δὲ τούτοις, καὶ τῆς προθεσμίας διὰ στενότητα, μήτε πρὸς παρασκευὴν μακροτέρας ἀποδημίας ἐνδιδούσης καιρὸν, μήτε πάντας τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἐπαρχίαις κοινωνικοὺς ἐπισκόπους ὑπομνησθῆναι, καὶ τὰς παῤ αὐτῶν συγκαταθέσεις λαβεῖν: ἐπειδὴ ταῦτα, καὶ πολλὰ πρὸς τούτοις ἕτερα, τὴν τῶν πλειόνων ἄφιξιν διεκώλυσεν, ὃ δεύτερον ἦν, εἴς τε τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπανόρθωσιν, καὶ τὴν τῆς ὑμετέρας περὶ ἡμᾶς ἀγάπης ἀπόδειξιν, τοῦτο πεποιήκαμεν, τοὺς αἰδεσιμωτάτους καὶ τιμιωτάτους συλλειτουργοὺς καὶ ἀδελφοὺς ἡμῶν ἐπισκόπους, Κυριακὸν, Εὐσέβιον καὶ Πρισκιανὸν, προθύμως καμεῖν ἄχρις ὑμῶν δυσωπήσαντες: δἰ ὧν καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν προαίρεσιν εἰρηνικὴν οὖσαν, καὶ σκοπὸν ʽ??ʼνωσεως ἔχουσαν, καὶ τὸν ζῆλον ἡμῶν τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑγιοῦς πίστεως φανερὸν ποιοῦμεν. Ἡμεῖς γὰρ, εἴτε διωγμοὺς, εἴτε θλίψεις, εἴτε βασιλικὰς ἀπειλὰς, εἴτε τὰς τῶν ἀρχόντων ὠμότητας, εἴτε τινὰ πειρασμὸν ἕτερον παρὰ τῶν αἱρετικῶν ὑπεμείναμεν, ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς πίστεως, τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ τῆς Βιθυνίας παρὰ τῶν τριακοσίων ὀκτωκαίδεκα Πατέρων κυρωθείσης, ὑπέστημεν.

Ταύτην γὰρ καὶ ὑμῖν, καὶ ἡμῖν, καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς μὴ διαστρέφουσι τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθοῦς πίστεως συναρέσκειν δεῖ, πρεσβυτάτην οὖσαν, καὶ ἀκόλουθον τῷ βαπτίσματι, καὶ διδάσκουσαν ἡμᾶς πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Δηλαδὴ θεότητος καὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ οὐσίας μιᾶς τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος πιστευομένης, ὁμοτίμου τε τῆς ἀξίας, καὶ συναϊδίου τῆς βασιλείας, ἐν τρισὶ τελείαις ὑποστάσεσιν, ἤγουν τρισὶ τελείοις προσώποις: ὡς μήτε τὴν Σαβελλίου νόσον χώραν λαβεῖν συγχεομένων τῶν ὑποστάσεων, εἰτοῦν τῶν ἰδιοτήτων ἀναιρουμένων: μήτε μὴν τῶν Εὐνομιανῶν, καὶ Ἀρειανῶν, καὶ Πνευματομάχων τὴν βλασφημίαν ἰσχύειν, τῆς οὐσίας, ἢ τῆς φύσεως, ἢ τῆς θεότητος τεμνομένης, καὶ τῇ ἀκτίστῳ καὶ ὁμοουσίῳ καὶ συναϊδίῳ Τριάδι μεταγενεστέρας τινὸς, ἤ κτιστῆς, ἢ ἑτεροουσίου φύσεως ἐπαγομένης. Καὶ τὸν τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως δὲ τοῦ Κυρίου λόγον ἀδιάστροφον σώζομεν, οὔτε ἄψυχον, οὔτε ἄνουν, ἢ ἀτελῆ τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς οἰκονομίαν παραδεχόμενοι: ὅλον δὲ εἰδότες τέλειον μὲν ὄντα πρὸ αἰώνων Θεοῦ Λόγον, τέλειον δὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐπ’ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν σωτηρίαν γενόμενον. Τὰ μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὴν πίστιν, τὴν παῤ ἡμῶν ἀνυποστόλως κηρυττομένην, ὡς ἐν κεφαλαίῳ τοιαῦτα: περὶ ὦν καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ψυχαγωγηθῆναι δυνήσεσθε, τῷ τε ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τόμῳ παρὰ τῆς ἐκεῖ συνελθούσης συνόδου γεγενημένῳ καταξιώσαντες ἐντυχεῖν, καὶ τῷ πέρυσιν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει παρὰ τῆς οἰκουμενικῆς ἐκτεθέντι συνόδου, ἐν οἷς πλατύτερον τὴν πίστιν ὡμολογήσαμεν, καὶ τῶν ἔναγχος καινοτομηθεισῶν αἱρέσεων ἀναθεματισμὸν ἔγγραφον πεποιήκαμεν. Περὶ δὲ τῶν οἰκονομιῶν τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἐν ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις, παλαιός τε, ὡς ἴστε, θεσμὸς κεκράτηκε, καὶ τῶν ἁγίων ἐν Νικαίᾳ Πατέρων ὅρος καθ̓ ἑκάστην ἐπαρχίαν τοὺς τῆς ἐπαρχίας, καὶ εἴπερ ἐκεῖνοι βούλοιντο σὺν αὐτοῖς τοὺς ὁμόρους, πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον ποιεῖσθαι τὰς χειροτονίας. Οἷς ἀκολούθως, τάς τε λοιπὰς Ἐκκλησίας παῤ ἡμῖν οἰκονομεῖσθαι γινώσκετε, καὶ τῶν ἐπισημοτάτων Ἐκκλησιῶν ἀναδεδεῖχθαι τοὺς ἱερεῖς. Ὅθεν τῆς μὲν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει νεοπαγοῦς, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, Ἐκκλησίας, ἣν ὥσπερ ἐκ στόματος λέοντος τῆς τῶν αἱρετικῶν βλασφημίας ὑπόγυον ἐξηρπάσαμεν διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὸν αἰδεσιμώτατον καὶ θεοφιλέστατον Νεκτάριον ἐπίσκοπον κεχειροτονήκαμεν, ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκουμενικῆς συνόδου μετὰ κοινῆς ὁμονοίας, ὑπ’ ὄψεσι καὶ τοῦ θεοφιλεστάτου βασιλέως Θεοδοσίου, παντός τε τοῦ κλήρου, καὶ πάσης ἐπιψηφιζομένης τῆς πόλεως. Τῆς δὲ πρεσβυτάτης καὶ ὄντως ἀποστολικῆς Ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τῆς Συρίας, ἐν ᾗ πρώτῃ τὸ τίμιον τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἐχρημάτισεν ὄνομα, τὸν αἰδεσιμώτατον καὶ θεοφιλέστατον ἐπίσκοπον Φλαβιανὸν οἵ τε τῆς ἐπαρχίας καὶ τῆς ἀνατολικῆς διοικήσεως συνδραμόντες κανονικῶς ἐχειροτόνησαν, πάσης συμψήφου τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὥσπερ διὰ μιᾶς φωνῆς τὸν ἄνδρα τιμησάσης ἤνπερ ἔνθεσμον χειροτονίαν ἐδέξατο καὶ τὸ τῆς συνόδου κοινόν. Τῆς δέ γε μητρὸς ἁπασῶν τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν τῆς ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, τὸν αἰδεσιμώτατον καὶ θεοφιλέστατον Κύριλλον ἐπίσκοπον εἶναι γνωρίζομεν, κανονικῶς τε παρὰ τῶν τῆς ἐπαρχίας χειροτονηθέντα πάλαι, καὶ πλεῖστα πρὸς τοὺς Ἀρειανοὺς ἐν διαφόροις τόποις ἀθλήσαντα. Οἷς ὡς ἐνθέσμως καὶ κανονικῶς παῤ ἡμῖν κεκρατηκόσι, καὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν συγχαίρειν παρακαλοῦμεν εὐλάβειαν, τῆς πνευματικῆς μεσιτευούσης ἀγάπης, καὶ τοῦ κυριακοῦ φόβου, πᾶσαν μὲν καταστέλλοντος ἀνθρωπίνην προσπάθειαν, τὴν δὲ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν οἰκοδομὴν προτιμοτέραν ποιοῦντος τῆς πρὸς τὸν καθ̓ ἕνα συνηθείας ἢ χάριτος. Οὕτω γὰρ τοῦ τε τῆς πίστεως συμφωνηθέντος λόγου, καὶ τῆς Χριστιανικῆς κυρωθείσης ἐν ἡμῖν ἀγάπης, παυσόμεθα λέγοντες τὸ παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων κατεγνωσμένον: Ἐγὼ μέν εἰμι Παύλου, ἐγὼ δὲ Ἀπολλὼ, ἐγὼ δὲ Κηφᾶ: πάντες δὲ Χριστοῦ φανέντες, ὃς ἐν ἡμῖν οὐ μεμέρισται, Θεοῦ καταξιοῦντος, ἄσχιστον τὸ σῶμα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τηρήσομεν, καὶ τῷ βήματι τοῦ Κυρίου μετὰ παῤῥησίας παραστησόμεθα. Ταῦτα κατά τε τῆς Ἀρείου, καὶ Ἀετίου, καὶ Εὐνομίου μανίας, καὶ μέντοι καὶ κατὰ Σαβελλίου, καὶ Φωτεινοῦ, καὶ Μαρκέλλου, Παύλου τε τοῦ Σαμοσατέως καὶ Μακεδονίου γεγράφασιν. Ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὴν Ἀπολιναρίου καινοτομίαν προφανῶς ἀπεκήρυξαν, εἰρηκότες, Καὶ τὸν τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως δὲ τοῦ Κυρίου λόγον ἀδιάστροφον σώζομεν οὔτε ἄψυχον, οὔτε ἄνουν, ἢ ἀτελῆ τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς οἰκονομίαν παραδεχόμενοι.

5.10 Synodical letter of Damasus bishop of Rome against Apollinarius and Timotheus PG 82, 1219

When the most praiseworthy Damasus had heard of the rise of this heresy, he proclaimed the condemnation not only of Apollinarius but also of Timotheus his follower. The letter in which he made this known to the bishops of the Eastern empire I have thought it well to insert in my history.

Letter of Damasus bishop of Rome.

“Most honourable sons: Inasmuch as your love renders to the apostolic see the reverence which is its due, accept the same in no niggard measure for yourselves. For even though in the holy church in which the holy apostle sat, and taught us how it becomes us to manage the rudder which has been committed to us, we nevertheless confess ourselves to be unworthy of the honour, we yet on this very account strive by every means within our power if haply we may be able to achieve the glory of that blessedness. Know then that we have condemned Timotheus, the unhallowed, the disciple of Apollinarius the heretic, together with his impious doctrine, and are confident that for the future his remains will have no weight whatever. But if that old serpent, though smitten once and again, still revives to his own destruction, who though he exists without the church never ceases from the attempt by his deadly venom to overthrow certain unfaithful men, do you avoid it as you would a pest, mindful ever of the apostolic faith—that, I mean, which was set out in writing by the Fathers at Nicæa; do you remain on steady ground, firm and unmoved in the faith, and henceforward suffer neither your clergy nor laity to listen to vain words and futile questions, for we have already given a form, that he who professes himself a Christian may keep it, the form delivered by the Apostles, as says St. Paul, ‘if any one preach to you another gospel than that you have received let him be Anathema.’ For Christ the Son of God, our Lord, gave by his own passion abundant salvation to the race of men, that he might free from all sin the whole man involved in sin. If any one speaks of Christ as having had less of manhood or of Godhead, he is full of devils’ spirits, and proclaims himself a child of hell.

“Why then do you again ask me for the condemnation of Timotheus? Here, by the judgment of the apostolic see, in the presence of Peter, bishop of Alexandria, he was condemned, together with his teacher, Apollinarius, who will also in the day of judgment undergo due punishment and torment. But if he succeeds in persuading some less stable men, as though having some hope, after by his confession changing the true hope which is in Christ, with him shall likewise perish whoever of set purpose withstands the order of the Church. May God keep you sound, most honoured sons.”

The bishops assembled in great Rome also wrote other things against other heresies which I have thought it necessary to insert in my history.

Συνοδικὸν Δαμάσου ἐπισκόπου Ῥώμης κατὰ Ἀπολιναρίου καὶ Τιμοθέου γραφέν.

Καὶ Δάμασος δὲ ὁ πανεύφημος, ταύτην μαθὼν ἀναφυεῖσαν τὴν αἵρεσιν, οὐκ Ἀπολινάριον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ Τιμόθεον τὸν ἐκείνου γε φοιτητὴν καθελὼν ἀπεκήρυξε: καὶ τοῦτο τοῖς τὴν Ἑῴαν ἰθύνουσιν ἐπισκόποις διὰ γραμμάτων ἐδήλωσεν, ἅπερ ἐνθεῖναι τῇ συγγραφῇ νενόμικα χρήσιμον.

Ἐπιστολὴ Δαμάσου ἐπισκόπου Ῥώμης.

Ὄτι τῇ ἀποστολικῇ καθέδρᾳ τὴν ὀφειλομένην αἰδῶ ἡ ἀγάπη ὑμῶν ἀπονέμει, ἑαυτοῖς τὸ πλεῖστον παρέχετε, υἱοὶ τιμιώτατοι. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ τὰ μάλιστα ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἐν ᾗ ὁ ἅγιος Ἀπόστολος καθεζόμενος ἐδίδαξε πῶς προσήκει ἡμᾶς τοὺς οἴακας ἰθύνειν οὓς ἀνεδεξάμεθα, ὅμως ὁμολογοῦμεν ἑαυτοὺς ἐλάττονας εἷναι τῆς τιμῆς: ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦτο οἱῳδή ποτε τρόπῳ σπουδάζομεν, εἴ πως δυνηθείημεν πρὸς τὴν δόξαν τῆς μακαριότητος αὐτοῦ παραγενέσθαι. Γινώσκετε τοίνυν, ὅτι τὸν πάλαι Τιμόθεον, τὸν βέβηλον, τὸν μαθητὴν Ἀπολιναρίου τοῦ αἱρετικοῦ, μετὰ τοῦ ἀσεβοῦς αὐτοῦ δόγματος καθείλομεν, καὶ οὐδαμῶς πιστεύομεν αὐτοῦ τὰ λείψανα λόγῳ τινὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ ἰσχύειν. Εἰ δ’ ἔτι ὁ ὄφις ἐκεῖνος ὁ παλαιὸς, ἅπαξ καὶ δεύτερον καταδηχθεὶς, πρὸς ἰδίαν τιμωρίαν ἀναζῇ, ὅστις ἐκτὸς τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὑπάρχει, ὃς σφῆλαι τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ θανατηφόροις φαρμάκοις τινὰς ἀπίστους διαπειράζων οὐ παύεται, ταύτην ὥσπερ φθοράν τινα ἐκκλίνατε, ὅμως ὑμεῖς μεμνημένοι τῆς ἀποστολικῆς πίστεως, ταύτης μάλιστα, ἥτις ἐν Νικαίᾳ παρὰ τῶν Πατέρων ἐγγράφως ἐξετέθη, βεβαίῳ βαθμῷ ἰσχυρῶς τῇ πίστει ἀμετακίνητοι διαμείνατε, καὶ μὴ ματαιολογίας καὶ ἠφανισμένας ζητήσεις μετὰ τοῦτο ὑπομείνητε ἀκούειν τοὺς κληρικοὺς ἢ τοὺς λαϊκοὺς ὑμῶν. Ἤδη γὰρ ἅπαξ τύπον ἐδώκαμεν, ἵνα ὁ γινώσκων ἑαυτὸν Χριστιανὸν ἐκεῖνο φυλάττοι, ὅπερ παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων παρεδόθη, λέγοντος τοῦ ἁγίου Παύλου: Εἴ τις ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελίζεται παῤ ὃ παρελάβετε, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Ὁ γὰρ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων διὰ τοῦ ἰδίου πάθους πληρεστάτην ἀπέδωκε τὴν σωτηρίαν, ἵνα ὅλον τὸν ἄνθρωπον ταῖς ἀμαρτίαις ἐνεχόμενον πάσης ἁμαρτίας ἐλευθερώσῃ. Τοῦτον εἴ τις ἀνθρωπότητος ἢ θεότητος ἔλαττον ἐσχηκέναι εἴποι, πνεύματος διαβόλου πεπληρωμένος, τῆς γεέννης υἱὸν ἑαυτὸν ἀποδείκνυσι. Τί τοίνυν πάλιν παῤ ἐμοῦ ζητεῖτε τὴν καθαίρεσιν Τιμοθέου; Καὶ ἐνταῦθα κρίσει τῆς ἀποστολικῆς καθέδρας, παρόντος καὶ Πέτρου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων πόλεως, καθῃρέθη ἅμα τῷ διδασκάλῳ αὐτοῦ Ἀπολιναρίῳ, ὅς καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως τὰς ὀφειλομένας τιμωρίας καὶ βασάνους ὑπομενεῖ.

Εἰ δέ τινας κουφοτέρους πείθει ἐκεῖνος, ὥς τινα ἐλπίδα ἔχων, ὅστις τὴν ἀληθῆ ἐλπίδα τὴν εἰς Χριστὸν τῇ ὁμολογίᾳ μετέβαλε, μετὰ τούτου ὁμοίως ἀπολεῖται, ὅστις δή ποτε βούλεται, τῷ κανόνι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἀντιπαλαίσας. Ὁ Θεὸς ὑμᾶς ὑγιαίνοντας διαφυλάττοι, υἱοὶ τιμιώτατοι. Καὶ ἄλλα δέ τινα συναθροισθέντες ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ Ῥώμῃ γεγράφασι κατὰ διαφόρων αἱρέσεων, ἅπερ ἀναγκαῖον ᾠήθην ἐνθεῖναι τῇ συγγραφῇ.

5.11 A confession of the Catholic faith which Pope Damasus sent to Bishop Paulinus in Macedonia when he was at Thessalonica PG 82, 1221

After the Council of Nicæa there sprung up this error. Certain men ventured with profane mouths to say that the Holy Spirit is made through the Son. We therefore anathematize those who do not with all freedom preach that the Holy Spirit is of one and the same substance and power with the Father and the Son. In like manner we anathematize them that follow the error of Sabellius and say that the Father and the Son are the same. We anathematize Arius and Eunomius who with equal impiety, though with differences of phrase, maintain the Son and the Holy Spirit to be a creature. We anathematize the Macedonians who, produced from the root of Arius, have changed the name but not the impiety. We anathematize Photinus who, renewing the heresy of Ebion, confessed that our Lord Jesus Christ was only of Mary. We anathematize them that maintain that there are two sons—one before the ages and another after the assumption of the flesh from Mary. We anathematize also all who maintain that the Word of God moved in human flesh instead of a reasonable soul. For this Word of God Himself was not in His own body instead of a reasonable and intellectual soul, but assumed and saved our soul, both reasonable and intellectual, without sin. We anathematize also them that say that the Word of God is separated from the Father by extension and contraction, and blasphemously affirm that He is without essential being or is destined to die.

Them that have gone from churches to other churches we so far hold alien from our communion till they shall have returned to those cities in which they were first ordained.

If any one, when another has gone from place to place, has been ordained in his stead, let him who abandoned his own city be held deprived of his episcopal rank until such time as his successor shall rest in the Lord.

If any one denies that the Father is eternal and the Son eternal and the Holy Ghost eternal, let him be anathema.

If any one denies that the Son was begotten of the Father, that is of His divine substance, let him be anathema.

If any one denies that the Son of God is very God, omnipotent and omniscient, and equal to the Father, let him be anathema.

If any one says that the Son of God, living in the flesh when he was on the earth, was not in heaven and with the Father, let him be anathema.

If any one says that in the Passion of the Cross the Son of God sustained its pain by Godhead, and not by reasonable soul and flesh which He had assumed in the form of a servant, as saith the Holy Scripture, let him be anathema.

If any one denies that the Word of God suffered in the flesh and tasted death in the flesh, and was the first-born of the dead, as the Son is life and giver of life, let him be anathema.

If any one deny that He sits on the right hand of the Father in the flesh which He assumed, and in which He shall come to judge quick and dead, let him be anathema.

If any one deny that the Holy Spirit is truly and absolutely of the Father, and that the Son is of the divine substance and very God of God, let him be anathema.

If any one deny that the Holy Spirit is omnipotent, omniscient, and omnipresent, as also the Son of the Father, let him be anathema.

If any one say that the Holy Spirit is a created being or was made through the Son, let him be anathema.

If any one deny that the Father made all things visible and invisible, through the Son who was made Flesh, and the Holy Spirit, let him be anathema.

If any one deny one Godhead and power, one sovereignty and glory, one lordship, one kingdom, will and truth of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Ghost, let him be anathema.

If any one deny three very persons of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Ghost, living for ever, containing all things visible and invisible, omnipotent, judging all things, giving life to all things, creating all things and preserving all things, let him be anathema.

If any one denies that the Holy Ghost is to be worshipped by all creation, as the Son, and as the Father, let him be anathema.

If any one shall think aright about the Father and the Son but does not hold aright about the Holy Ghost, anathema, because he is a heretic, for all the heretics who do not think aright about God the Son and about the Holy Ghost are convicted of being involved in the unbelief of the Jews and the heathen; and if any one shall divide Godhead, saying that the Father is God apart and the Son God, and the Holy Ghost God, and should persist that they are called Gods and not God, on account of the one Godhead and sovereignty which we believe and know there to be of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Ghost—one God in three essences,—or withdrawing the Son and the Holy Ghost so as to suggest that the Father alone is called God and believed in as one God, let him be anathema.

For the name of gods has been bestowed by God upon angels and all saints, but of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Ghost on account of their one and equal Godhead, not the names of “gods” but the name of “our God” is predicated and proclaimed, that we may believe that we are baptized in Father and Son and Holy Ghost and not in the names of archangels or angels, like the heretics or the Jews or foolish heathen.

This is the salvation of the Christians, that believing in the Trinity, that is in the Father and the Son and the Holy Ghost, and being baptized into the same one Godhead and power and divinity and substance, in Him we may trust.

These events happened during the life of Gratianus.

Ὁμολογία τῆς καθολικῆς πίστεως, ἣν ὁ πάπας Δάμασος ἀπέστειλε πρὸς ἐπίσκοπον Παυλῖνον ἐν τῆ Μακεδονίᾳ, ὃς ἐγένετο ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ.

Ἐπειδὴ μετὰ τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ σύνοδον αὕτη ἡ πλάνη ἀνέκυψεν, ὥστε τολμᾷν τινας βεβήλῳ στόματι εἰπεῖν, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον γεγενῆσθαι διὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, ἀναθεματίζομεν τοὺς μὴ μετὰ πάσης ἐλευθερίας κηρύττοντας σὺν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ τῆς μιᾶς καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας τε καὶ ἐξουσίας ὑπάρχειν τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα. Ὁμοίως δὲ ἀναθεματίζομεν καὶ τοὺς τῇ Σαβελλίου ἀκολουθοῦντας πλάνῃ, τὸν αὐτὸν λέγοντας καὶ Πατέρα εἷναι καὶ Υἱόν. Ἀναθεματίζομεν Ἄρειον καὶ Εὐνόμιον, οἴ τῇ ἴσῃ δυσσεβείᾳ, εἰ καὶ τοῖς ῥήμασι διαφέρονται, τὸν Υἱὸν καὶ τὸ ἄγιον Πνεῦμα κτίσμα εἷναι διισχυρίζονται. Ἀναθεματίζομεν τοὺς Μακεδονιανοὺς, οἵτινες ἐκ τῆς Ἀρείου ῥίζης καταγόμενοι, οὐχὶ τὴν ἀσέβειαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν προσηγορίαν ἐνήλλαξαν. Ἀναθεματίζομεν Φωτεινὸν, ὅς τὴν τοῦ Ἐβίωνος αἵρεσιν ἀνακαινίζων, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν μόνον ἐκ τῆς Μαρίας ὡμολόγει.

Ἀναθεματίζομεν καὶ τοὺς δύο εἶναι υἱοὺς διισχυριζομένους, ἕνα πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων, καὶ ἄλλον μετὰ τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ἐκ τῆς Μαρίας ἀνάληψιν. Ἀναθεματίζομεν κἀκείνους, οἵτινες ἀντὶ λογικῆς ψυχῆς διισχυρίζονται ὅτι ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος ἐστράφη ἐν τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ σαρκί. Αὐτος γὰρ οὗτος ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, οὐχὶ ἀντὶ τῆς λογικῆς καὶ νοερᾶς ψυχῆς ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ σώματι γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν, τοῦτ̓ ἔστι λογικὴν καὶ νοερὰν, ἅνευ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ψυχὴν ἀνέλαβε καὶ ἔσωσεν. Ἀναθεματίζομεν καὶ τοὺς λέγοντας τὸν Λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ ἐκτάσει καὶ τῇ συστολῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς κεχωρίσθαι, καὶ ἀνυπόστατον αὐτὸν εἷναι, ἤ μέλλειν τελευτᾷν βλασφημοῦντας. Τοὺς δὲ ἀπὸ Ἐκκλησιῶν εἰς ἑτέρας Ἐκκλησίας μετελθόντας ἄχρι τοσούτου ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμετέρας κοινωνίας ἀλλοτρίους ἔχομεν, ἄχρις οὗ πρὸς αὐτὰς ἐπανέλθωσι τὰς πόλεις, ἐν αἷς πρῶτον ἐχειροτονήθησαν. Ἐὰν δέ τις, ἅλλου ἀπὸ τόπου εἰς τόπον μετελθόντος, ἐν τόπῳ τοῦ ζῶντος ἐχειροτονήθη, ἄχρι τοσούτου σχολάσῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχιερατικοῦ ἀξιώματος ὁ τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν καταλείψας, ἄχρις οὗ ὁ διαδεξάμενος αὐτὸν ἀναπαύσηται ἐν Κυρίῳ.

Εἴ τις μὴ εἴπῃ ἀεὶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ ἀεὶ τὸν Υἱὸν, καὶ ἀεὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα εἶναι, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἵ τις μὴ εἴπῃ τὸν Υἱὸν γεννηθέντα ἐκ Πατρὸς, τουτέστιν, ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας τῆς θείας αὐτοῦ, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἵ τις μὴ εἴπῃ, ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὡς ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν τὸν Πατέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ πάντα δύνασθαι, καὶ πάντα εἰδέναι, καὶ τῷ Πατρὶ ἴσον, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἴ τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι ἐν σαρκὶ διάγων ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ γῇ, ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ σὺν τῷ Πατρὶ οὐκ ἦν, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἵ τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι ἐν τῷ πάθει τοῦ σταυροῦ τὴν ὀδύνην ὑπέμεινεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ θεότητι, καὶ οὐχὶ σαρκὶ καὶ ψυχῇ λογικῇ, ἤνπερ ἀνέλαβεν ἐν τῇ τοῦ δούλου μορφῇ, ὡς εἴρηκεν ἡ ἁγία Γραφὴ, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἵ τις μὴ εἴπῃ, τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον παθόντα σαρκὶ, καὶ θανάτου γευσάμενον σαρκὶ, γεγονότα τε πρωτότοκον ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν, καθὸ ζωή ἐστι καὶ ζωοποιὸς ὁ Υἱὸς, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἵ τις μὴ εἴπῃ, ὅτι ἐν σαρκὶ ἥνπερ ἀνέλαβε καθέζεται ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Πατρὸς, ἐν ᾗ καὶ ἐλεύσεται κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκροὺς, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω.

Εἵ τις μὴ εἴπῃ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς εἶναι ἀληθῶς καὶ κυρίως, ὡς καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἐκ τῆς θείας οὐσίας, καὶ Θεὸν Θεοῦ Λόγον, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω.

Εἵ τις μὴ εἴπῃ πάντα δύνασθαι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, καὶ πάντα εἰδέναι, καὶ πανταχοῦ παρεῖναι, ὡς καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν καὶ τὸν Πατέρα, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἵ τις εἴπῃ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ποίημα, ἣ διὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ γεγενῆσθαι, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἵ τις μὴ εἴπῃ, πάντα διὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ σαρκωθέντος, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, τὸν Πατέρα πεποιηκέναι, τοῦτ̓ ἔστιν τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἵ τις μή εἴπῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος μίαν θεότητα, ἐξουσίαν, δυναστείαν μίαν, δόξαν, κυριότητα μίαν, βασιλείαν μίαν, θέλησιν καὶ ἀλήθειαν, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἵ τις τρία πρόσωπα μὴ εἴπῃ ἀληθινὰ, τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, εἰς ἀεὶ ζῶντα, τὰ πάντα κατέχοντα, τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα, πάντα δυνάμενα, πάντα κρίνοντα, πάντα ζωοποιοῦντα, πάντα δημιουργοῦντα, πάντα σώζοντα, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Εἵ τις μὴ ἑ??ʼπῃ προσκυνητὸν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον παρὰ πάσης τῆς κτίσεως, ὡς καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν καὶ τὸν Πατέρα, ἀνάθεμα ἑ̓́??ʼτω. Εἵ τις περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καλῶς φρονήσει, περὶ δὲ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος οὐ καλῶς ἔχει, ἀνάθεμα, ὅτι αἱρετικός ἐστιν: ὅτι πάντες οἱ αἱρετικοὶ περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος κακῶς φρονοῦντες, ἐν τῇ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ τῶν ἐθνικῶν ἀπιστίᾳ τυγχάνειν ἐλέγχονται.

Εἵ τις δὲ μερίσει θεότητα, Θεὸν τὸν Πατέρα λέγων ἀνὰ μέρος, καὶ Θεὸν τὸν Υἱὸν, καὶ Θεὸν τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, καὶ διισχυρίσαιτο Θεοὺς λέγεσθαι, καὶ οὐ Θεὸν, διὰ τὴν μίαν θεότητα καὶ δυναστείαν, ἥνπερ εἷναι πιστεύομεν καὶ οἴδαμεν, τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, Θεὸν ἕνα ὲν τρισὶν ὑποστάσεσιν: ἢ πάλιν ὑπεξελόμενος τὸν Υἱὸν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, ὡς μόνον ὑπονοῆσαι τὸν Πατέρα Θεὸν λέγεσθαι, ἢ πιστεύεσθαι ἕνα Θεὸν, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τῶν θεῶν καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις καὶ πᾶσιν ἀγίοις παρὰ Θεοῦ ἐχαρίσθη: περὶ δὲ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, διὰ τὴν μίαν καὶ ἴσην θεότητα, οὐχὶ τῶν θεῶν ὀνόματα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐνδείκνυται καὶ σημαίνεται, ἵνα πιστεύωμεν ὅτι εἰς Πατέρα, καὶ Υἱὸν, καὶ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα βαπτιζόμεθα, καὶ οὐχὶ εἰς τὰ τῶν ἀρχαγγέλων ἥ ἀγγέλων ὀνόματα, ὡς οἱ αἱρετικοὶ, ἢ ὡς Ἰουδαῖοι, ἢ ἐθνικοὶ παραφρονοῦντες. Αὕτη τοίνυν ἡ τῶν Χριστιανῶν σωτηρία ἐστὶν, πιστεύοντες τῇ Τριάδι, τοῦτ̓ ἔστι τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ, καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι, καὶ βαπτιζόμενοι εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν μίαν θεότητα, καὶ δυναστείαν, καὶ θε ιότητα, καὶ οὐσίαν, εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύωμεν.

Ταῦτα μὲν οὗν Γρατιανοῦ περιόντος ἐγένετο.

5.12 Of the death of Gratianus and the sovereignty of Maximus

Gratianus in the midst of his successes in war and wise and prudent government ended his life by conspiracy. He left no sons to inherit the empire, and a brother of the same name as their father, Valentinianus, who was quite a youth. So Maximus, in contempt of the youth of Valentinianus, seized the throne of the West.

Περὶ τῆς Γρατιανοῦ τελευτῆς, καὶ Μαξίμου τυραννίδος.

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐκεῖνος ἕν τε πολέμοις ἀριστεύων, καὶ τὰς πόλεις σωφρόνως τε καὶ δικαίως ἰθύνων, ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς ἐτελεύτησε, παῖδας μὲν οὐ καταλιπὼν κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλείας, ἀδελφὸν δὲ κομιδῇ νέον ὁμώνυμον τοῦ πατρὸς, Μάξιμος δέ τις τῆς Βαλεντινιανοῦ καταφρονήσας νεότητος, ἥρπασε τὴν τῆς Ἐσπέρας ἡγεμονίαν.

5.13 Of Justina, the wife of Valentinianus, and of her plot against Ambrosius

At this time Justina, wife of Valentinianus the great, and mother of the young prince, made known to her son the seeds of the Arian teaching which she had long ago received. Well knowing the warmth of her consort’s faith she had endeavoured to conceal her sentiments during the whole of his life, but perceiving that her son’s character was gentle and docile, she took courage to bring her deceitful doctrine forward. The lad supposed his mother’s counsels to be wise and beneficial, for nature so disposed the bait that he could not see the deadly hook below. He first communicated on the subject with Ambrosius, under the impression that, if he could persuade the bishop, he would be able without difficulty to prevail over the rest. Ambrosius, however, strove to remind him of his father’s piety, and exhorted him to keep inviolate the heritage which he had received. He explained to him also how one doctrine differed from the other, how the one is in agreement with the teaching of the Lord and with the teaching of his apostles, while the other is totally opposed to it and at war with the code of the laws of the spirit.

The young man, as young men will, spurred on moreover by a mother herself the victim of deceit, not only did not assent to the arguments adduced, but lost his temper, and, in a passion, was for surrounding the approaches to the church with companies of legionaries and targeteers. When, however, he learnt that this illustrious champion was not in the least alarmed at his proceedings, for Ambrosius treated them all like the ghosts and hobgoblins with which some men try to frighten babies, he was exceedingly angry and publicly ordered him to depart from the church. “I shall not,” said Ambrosius, “do so willingly. I will not yield the sheepfold to the wolves nor betray God’s temple to blasphemers. If you wish to slay me drive your sword or your spear into me here within. I shall welcome such a death.”

Περὶ Ἰουστίνης τῆς Βαλεντινιανοῦ γαμετῆς, καὶ τῆς κατὰ Ἀμβροσίου ἐπιβουλῆς.

Κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον Ἰουστῖνα, ἡ Βαλεντινιανοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου γαμετὴ, τοῦ δὲ νέου μήτηρ, ἅ πάλαι τῆς Ἀρειανικῆς διδασκαλίας ἐδέξατο σπέρματα, δῆλα πεποίηκε τῷ παιδί. Τοῦ μὲν γὰρ ὁμοζύγου τὸ θερμὸν ἐπισταμένη τῆς πίστεως, λαθεῖν ʽ??ʼπαντα τὸν χρόνον ἐσπούδασε. Τοῦ δὲ παιδὸς τὸ τῶν φρενῶν ἁπαλὸν καὶ εὔεικτον θεωμένη, προσενεγκεῖν τὴν ἐξαπάτην ἐθάῤῥησεν. Ὁ δὲ τῆς μητρὸς τὰς ὑποθήκας ὀνησιφόρους ὑπολαβ̔??ʼν: εἰς γὰρ τὸ τῆς φύσεως δέλεαρ ἀποβλέπων, τὸ θανατηφόρον ἄγκιστρον οὐχ ἑώρα: Ἀμβροσίῳ πρώτῳ τοὺς περὶ τούτων προσενήνοχε λόγους, ἡγ̔??ʼύμενος εἰ τοῦτον μεταπείσοι, τῶν ἅλλων ῥᾳδίως ἃν περιέσεσθαι. Ὁ δὲ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς ἀνεμίμνησκεν εὐσεβείας, καὶ τὸν κλῆρον παρεκάλει φυλάττειν ὅν παρέλαβεν ἄσυλον. Ἐδίδασκε δὲ καὶ τὴν τῶν δογμάτων διαφορὰν, καὶ ὅπως τὰ μὲν τῇ τοῦ Κυρίου διδασκαλίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἀποστόλων συμβαίνει κηρύγμασι, τὰ δὲ ἄντικρυς ἐναντία, καὶ τῇ πνευματικῇ νομοθεσίᾳ μαχόμενα. Ὁ δὲ νέος, οἷα δὴ νέος, καὶ παρὰ μητρὸς ἠπατημένης θηγόμενος, οὐ μόνον οὐ προσίετο τὰ λεγόμενα, ἀλλὰ καὶ θυμοῦ πλήρης ἐγίνετο, καὶ λόχοις ὁπλιτῶν τε καὶ πελταστῶν τοὺς ἐκκλησιαστικοὺς περιβόλους ἐκύκλου.

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸν μέγιστον ἐκεῖνον ἀριστέα οὐδὲν ἐδεδίξατο τῶν ὑπ’αὐτοῦ γενομένων: μορμολύκεια γὰρ ὑπέλαβε ταῦτα, μειρακυλλίοις ὑπό τινων προσφερόμενα: τότε δὴ χαλεπήνας, προφανῶς αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσε τῶν ἱερῶν ἕξω βῆναι προθύρων. Ὁ δέ: Ἑκὼν μὲν, ἔφη, τοῦτο οὐ δράσω, οὐδὲ προδώσω τοῖς λύκοις τὸν τῶν προβάτων σηκὸν, οὐδὲ τοῖς βλασφημοῦσι τὸν θεῖον παραδώσω νεών. Ἀλλ’ εἴ σοι κτεῖναι δοκεῖ, ἔνδον ἐπένεγκέ μοι τὸ ξίφος, ἥ τὴν αἰχμήν. Ἀσπασίως γὰρ δέξομαι τὴν τοιαύτην σφαγήν.

5.14 Of the information given by Maximus the tyrant to Valentinianus

After a considerable time Maximus was informed of the attacks which were being made upon the loud-voiced herald of the truth, and he sent dispatches to Valentinianus charging him to put a stop to his war against true religion and exhorting him not to abandon his father’s faith. In the event of his advice being disregarded he further threatened war, and confirmed what he wrote by what he did, for he mustered his forces and marched for Milan where Valentinianus was then residing. When the latter heard of his approach he fled into Illyricum. He had learnt by experience what good he had got by following his mother’s advice.

Περὶ τῶν παρὰ Μαξίμου τοῦ τυράννου Βαλεντινιανῷ δηλωθέντων.

Χρόνου δὲ συχνοῦ τριβομένου, μεμάθηκε μὲν ὁ Μάξιμος τὰ κατὰ τοῦ μεγαλοφώνου κήρυκος τῆς ἀληθείας τολμώμενα: ἐπέστειλε δὲ τῷ Βαλεντινιανῷ, τὸν κατὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας πόλεμον καταλῦσαι παρεγγυῶν, καὶ παραινῶν μὴ προέσθαι τὴν πατρῴαν εὐσέβειαν.

Προστέθεικε δὲ καὶ τοῦ πολέμου τὴν ἀπειλὴν, εἰ μὴ πείθοιτο: καὶ μέντοι καὶ τὸ ἔργον τοῖς λόγοις ἐπέθεικε. Τὴν γὰρ στρατιὰν ἀγείρας, ἐπὶ τὴν Μεδιόλανον ὥρμησεν, ἔνθα ἐκεῖνος διῆγεν. Ὁ δὲ μαθὼν τὴν ἔφοδον, εἰς Ἰλλυρίους ἵκετο φεύγων, τῇ πείρᾳ μαθὼν τίνων ἐκ τῆς μητρῴας ἀπώνατο συμβουλῆς.

5.15 Of the Letter written by the Emperor Theodosius concerning the same

When the illustrious emperor Theodosius had heard of the emperor’s doings and what the tyrant Maximus had written to him he wrote to the fugitive youth to this effect: You must not be astonished if to you has come panic and to your enemy victory; for you have been fighting against piety, and he on its side. You abandoned it, and are running away naked. He in its panoply is getting the mastery of you stripped bare of it, for He who hath given us the law of true religion is ever on its side.

So wrote Theodosius when he was yet afar off; but when he had heard of Valentinian’s flight, and had come to his aid, and saw him an exile, taking refuge in his own empire, his first thought was to give succour to his soul, drive out the intruding pestilence of impiety, and win him back to the true religion of his fathers. Then he bade him be of good cheer and marched against the tyrant. He gave the lad his empire again without loss of blood and slew Maximus. For he felt that he should be guilty of wrong and should violate the terms of his treaty with Gratianus were he not to take vengeance on those who had caused his ally’s death.

Περὶ τῶν παρὰ Θἑ??ʼδοσίου τοῦ βασιλέως περὶ τούτου γραμμάτων.

Πυθόμενος δὲ Θεοδόσιος ὁ πανεύφημος βασιλεὺς, τά τε παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως πραχθέντα, καὶ τὰ παρὰ τοῦ τυράννου γραφέντα, ἔγραψε τῷ πεφευγότι νέῳ, μὴ χρῆναι θαυμάζειν, εἰ τῷ βασιλεῖ μὲν τὸ δέος, τῷ δὲ τυράννῳ τὸ κράτος συνέζευκται: τῇ γὰρ εὐσεβείᾳ πεπολέμηκε μὲν ὁ βασιλεὺς, ὁ δὲ τύραννος ἐπεκούρησε: καὶ ὁ μὲν ταύτην προέμενος, ἀποδιδράσκει γυμνός: ὁ δὲ ταύτῃ καθωπλισμένος τοῦ γεγυμνωμένου κρατεῖ. Τῇ γὰρ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ ὁ ταύτης σύνεστι νομοθέτης. Ταῦτα μὲν οὗν ἑκὰς ὥν ἐπέστειλεν.

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὴν φυγὴν μεμαθηκὼς εἰς ἐπικουρίαν ἀφίκετο, καὶ τὴν μὲν οἰκείαν καταλελοιπότα βασιλείαν, εἰς δὲ τὴν αὐτοῦ παραγενόμενον εἶδε: πρῶτον μὲν τῇ ψυχῇ τὴν θεραπείαν προσήνεγκε, καὶ τὴν ἐπιγενομένην τῆς ἀσεβείας ἐξήλασε νόσον, καὶ εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν εὐσέβειαν ἐπανήγαγεν: εἶτα θαῤῥεῖν παρεγγυήσας, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ τυράννου στρατεύσας, ἀναιμωτὶ μὲν τῷ νέῳ τὴν βασιλείαν παρέδωκε, τὸν δὲ τύραννον ἔκτεινεν. Ἀδικεῖν γὰρ ὑπέλαβεν, καὶ τὰς πρὸς Γρατιανὸν γεγενημένας παραβαίνειν συνθήκας, εἰ μὴ ποινὴν τοὺς ἀπεκτονότας εἰσπράξαιτο τῆς σφαγῆς.

5.16 Of Amphilochius, bishop of Iconium

On the emperor’s return the admirable Amphilochius, whom I have often mentioned, came to beg that the Arian congregations might be expelled from the cities. The emperor thought the petition too severe, and refused it. The very wise Amphilochius at the moment was silent, for he had hit upon a memorable device. The next time he entered the Palace and beheld standing at the emperor’s side his son Arcadius, who had lately been appointed emperor, he saluted Theodosius as was his wont, but did no honour to Arcadius. The emperor, thinking that this neglect was due to forgetfulness, commanded Amphilochius to approach and to salute his son. “Sir,” said he, “the honour which I have paid you is enough.” Theodosius was indignant at the discourtesy, and said, “Dishonour done to my son is a rudeness to myself.” Then, and not till then, the very wise Amphilochius disclosed the object of his conduct, and said with a loud voice, “You see, sir, that you do not brook dishonour done your son, and are bitterly angry with those who are rude to him. Believe then that the God of all the world abominates them that blaspheme the Only begotten Son, and hates them as ungrateful to their Saviour and Benefactor.”

Then the emperor understood the bishop’s drift, and admired both what he had done and what he had said. Without further delay he put out an edict forbidding the congregations of heretics.

But to escape all the snares of the common enemy of mankind is no easy task. Often it happens that one who has kept clear of lascivious passion is fixed fast in the toils of avarice; and if he prove superior to greed there on the other side is the pitfall of envy, and even if he leap safe over this he will find a net of passion waiting for him on the other side. Other innumerable stumbling blocks the enemy sets in men’s paths, trying to catch them to their ruin.

Then he has at his disposal the bodily passions to help the wiles which he lays against the soul. The mind alone, if it keep awake, gets the better of him, frustrating the assault of his devices by its inclination to what is Divine. Now, since this admirable emperor had his share of human nature, and was not free from its emotions, his righteous anger passed the bounds of moderation, and caused the perpetration of a savage and lawless deed. I must tell this story for the sake of those into whose hands it will fall; it does not, indeed, only involve blame of the admirable emperor, but so redounds to his credit as to deserve to be remembered.

Περὶ Ἀμφιλοχίου ἐπισκόπου Ἰκονίου.

Μετὰ δὲ τῆν ἐκεὶθεν ἐπάνοδον, ἀφίκετο μὲν ὁ θαυμάσιος Ἀμφιλόχιος, οὗ πολλάκις ἐμνήσθην, ἀντιβολῶν τοὺς τῶν Ἀρειανῶν ἐκ τῶν πόλεων ἐξελαθῆναι συλλόγους. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀπηνεστέραν ὑπολαβὼν τὴν αἴτησιν, οὐκ ἐδέξατο. Ὁ δὲ σοφώτατος Ἀμφιλόχιος παραυτίκα σιγήσας, μνήμης ἀξίαν ἐξεῦρε μηχανήν. Εἴσω γὰρ αὗθις τῶν βασιλείων γενόμενος, καὶ παρεστῶτα τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸν υἱὸν Ἀρκάδιον θεασάμενος, νεωστὶ δὲ οὗτος κεχειροτόνητο βασιλεὺς, αὐτὸν μὲν ἠσπάσατο συνήθως τὸν βασιλέα, ἀγέραστον δὲ κατέλιπε τὸν ʽ??ʼίόν. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, ἐπιλησθῆναι νομίσας τὸν Ἀμφιλόχιον, προσελθεῖν καὶ φιλῆσαι προσέταξε τὸν υἱόν. Ὁ δὲ ἀποχρῆναι ἔφη τὴν αὐτῷ παῤ αὐτοῦ προσενεχθεῖσαν τιμήν. Ὁ δὲ δυσχεράνας, οἰκείαν̔??ʼ ἐκάλει παροινίαν τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς ἀτιμίαν.

Τηνικαῦτα λοιπὸν ὁ σοφώτατος Ἀμφιλόχιος ἐκκαλύπτει τὸν τοῦ γεγενημένου σκοπὸν, καὶ βοῶν ἔφη: Ὁρᾷς, ὦ βασιλεῦ, ὅπως οὐ φέρεις τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς ἀτιμίαν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς εἰς τοῦτον παροινοῦσι χαλεπαίνεις πικρῶς. Πίστευσον δή οὗν, καὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν τοὺς τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ βλασφημοῦντας βδελύττεσθαι, καὶ ὡς ἀχαρίστους περὶ τὸν Σωτῆρα καὶ εὐεργέτην γεγενημένους μισεῖν: Οὕτω συνεὶς ὁ βασιλεὺς, καὶ τά τε πεπραγμένα τά τε εἰρημένα θαυμάσας, νόμον εὐθὺς ἔγραψε τοὺς τῶν αἰρετικῶν συλλόγους κωλύοντα. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ ῥᾴδιον πάσας διαφυγεῖν τοῦ κοινοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πολεμίου τὰς ἄρκυς. Πολλάκις γάρ τις διαδρὰς τῆς ἀσελγείας τὸ πάθος, τῇ τῆς πλεονεξίας περιπείρεται πάγῃ: εἰ δὲ καὶ ταύτης κρείττων φανείη, ἑτέρωθεν ἀναφύεται τοῦ φθόνου τὸ βάραθρον. Κἂν τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν ὑπερπηδήσῃ, τοῦ θυμοῦ τὸ δίκτυον εὑρήσει προκείμενον. Καὶ ἄλλας δὲ μυρίας τοῖς ἁνθρώποις τίθησι ποδοστράβας, ἀγρεύων εἰς ὄλεθρον. Καὶ τὰ μὲν πάθη τοῦ σώματος ὑπουργοῦντα ἔχει ταῖς κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς τεκταινομέναις ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ μηχαναῖς: μόνος δὲ ὁ νοῦς ἐγρηγορὼς περιγίνεται, τῇ περὶ τὰ θεῖα ῥοπῇ τῶν μηχανημάτων διαλύων τὴν ῥύμην. Τῆς ἀνθρωπείας δὴ οὖν φύσεως καὶ ὁ θαυμάσιος οὗτος μετασχὼν βασιλεὺς, καὶ τῶν παθημάτων μετέλαχε, καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ θ̔??ʼμῷ ἀμετρία προσγενομένη ὠμόν τε καὶ παράνομον εἰργάσατο πάθος. Ἐρῶ δὲ καὶ τοῦτο τῆς τῶν ἐντευξομένων ὠφελείας ἕνεκα. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον κατηγορίαν ἔχει τοῦ θαυμαστοῦ βασιλέως, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐφημίαν μνήμης ἀξιωτάτην.

5.17 Of the massacre of Thessalonica; the boldness of Bishop Ambrosius, and the piety of the Emperor

Thessalonica is a large and very populous city, belonging to Macedonia, but the capital of Thessaly and Achaia, as well as of many other provinces which are governed by the prefect of Illyricum. Here arose a great sedition, and several of the magistrates were stoned and violently treated.

The emperor was fired with anger when he heard the news, and unable to endure the rush of his passion, did not even check its onset by the curb of reason, but allowed his rage to be the minister of his vengeance. When the imperial passion had received its authority, as though itself an independent prince, it broke the bonds and yoke of reason, unsheathed swords of injustice right and left without distinction, and slew innocent and guilty together. No trial preceded the sentence. No condemnation was passed on the perpetrators of the crimes. Multitudes were mowed down like ears of corn in harvest-tide. It is said that seven thousand perished.

News of this lamentable calamity reached Ambrosius. The emperor on his arrival at Milan wished according to custom to enter the church. Ambrosius met him outside the outer porch and forbade him to step over the sacred threshold. “You seem, sir, not to know,” said he, “the magnitude of the bloody deed that has been done. Your rage has subsided, but your reason has not yet recognised the character of the deed. Peradventure your Imperial power prevents your recognising the sin, and power stands in the light of reason. We must however know how our nature passes away and is subject to death; we must know the ancestral dust from which we sprang, and to which we are swiftly returning. We must not because we are dazzled by the sheen of the purple fail to see the weakness of the body that it robes. You are a sovereign, Sir, of men of like nature with your own, and who are in truth your fellow slaves; for there is one Lord and Sovereign of mankind, Creator of the Universe. With what eyes then will you look on the temple of our common Lord—with what feet will you tread that holy threshold, how will you stretch forth your hands still dripping with the blood of unjust slaughter? How in such hands will you receive the all holy Body of the Lord? How will you who in your rage unrighteously poured forth so much blood lift to your lips the precious Blood? Begone. Attempt not to add another crime to that which you have committed. Submit to the restriction to which the God the Lord of all agrees that you be sentenced. He will be your physician, He will give you health.”

Educated as he had been in the sacred oracles, Theodosius knew clearly what belonged to priests and what to emperors. He therefore bowed to the rebuke of Ambrose, and retired sighing and weeping to the palace. After a considerable time, when eight months had passed away, the festival of our Saviour’s birth came round and the emperor sat in his palace shedding a storm of tears.

Now Rufinus, at that time controller of the household, and, from his familiarity with his imperial master, able to use great freedom of speech, approached and asked him why he wept. With a bitter groan and yet more abundant weeping “You are trifling, Rufinus,” said the emperor, “because you do not feel my troubles. I am groaning and lamenting at the thought of my own calamity; for menials and for beggars the way into the church lies open; they can go in without fear, and put up their petitions to their own Lord. I dare not set my foot there, and besides this for me the door of heaven is shut, for I remember the voice of the Lord which plainly says, ‘Whatsoever ye bind on earth shall have been bound in heaven.’”

Rufinus replied “With your permission I will hasten to the bishop, and by my entreaties induce him to remit your penalty.” “He will not yield” said the emperor. “I know the justice of the sentence passed by Ambrose, nor will he ever be moved by respect for my imperial power to transgress the law of God.”

Rufinus urged his suit again and again, promising to win over Ambrosius; and at last the emperor commanded him to go with all despatch. Then, the victim of false hopes, Theodosius, in reliance on the promises of Rufinus, followed in person, himself. No sooner did the divine Ambrose perceive Rufinus than he exclaimed, “Rufinus, your impudence matches a dog’s, for you were the adviser of this terrible slaughter; you have wiped shame from your brow, and guilty as you are of this mad outrage on the image of God you stand here fearless, without a blush.” Then Rufinus began to beg and pray, and announced the speedy approach of the emperor. Fired with divine zeal the holy Ambrosius exclaimed “Rufinus, I tell you beforehand; I shall prevent him from crossing the sacred threshold. If he is for changing his sovereign power into that of a tyrant I too will gladly submit to a violent death.” On this Rufinus sent a messenger to inform the emperor in what mind the archbishop was, and exhorted him to remain within the palace. Theodosius had already reached the middle of the forum when he received the message. “I will go,” said he, “and accept the disgrace I deserve.” He advanced to the sacred precincts but did not enter the holy building. The archbishop was seated in the house of salutation and there the emperor approached him and besought that his bonds might be loosed.

“Your coming” said Ambrose “is the coming of a tyrant. You are raging against God; you are trampling on his laws.” “No,” said Theodosius, “I do not attack laws laid down, I do not seek wrongfully to cross the sacred threshold; but I ask you to loose my bond, to take into account the mercy of our common Lord, and not to shut against me a door which our master has opened for all them that repent.” The archbishop replied “What repentance have you shown since your tremendous crime? You have inflicted wounds right hard to heal; what salve have you applied?” “Yours” said the emperor “is the duty alike of pointing out and of mixing the salve. It is for me to receive what is given me.” Then said the divine Ambrosius “You let your passion minister justice, your passion not your reason gives judgment. Put forth therefore an edict which shall make the sentence of your passion null and void; let the sentences which have been published inflicting death or confiscation be suspended for thirty days awaiting the judgment of reason. When the days shall have elapsed let them that wrote the sentences exhibit their orders, and then, and not till then, when passion has calmed down, reason acting as sole judge shall examine the sentences and will see whether they be right or wrong. If it find them wrong it will cancel the deeds; if they be righteous it will confirm them, and the interval of time will inflict no wrong on them that have been rightly condemned.”

This suggestion the emperor accepted and thought it admirable. He ordered the edict to be put out forthwith and gave it the authority of his sign manual. On this the divine Ambrosius loosed the bond.

Now the very faithful emperor came boldly within the holy temple but did not pray to his Lord standing, or even on his knees, but lying prone upon the ground he uttered David’s cry “My soul cleaveth unto the dust, quicken thou me according to thy word.”

He plucked out his hair; he smote his head; he besprinkled the ground with drops of tears and prayed for pardon. When the time came for him to bring his oblations to the holy table, weeping all the while he stood up and approached the sanctuary.

After making his offering, as he was wont, he remained within at the rail, but once more the great Ambrosius kept not silence and taught him the distinction of places. First he asked him if he wanted anything; and when the emperor said that he was waiting for participation in the divine mysteries, Ambrose sent word to him by the chief deacon and said, “The inner place, sir, is open only to priests; to all the rest it is inaccessible; go out and stand where others stand; purple can make emperors, but not priests.” This instruction too the faithful emperor most gladly received, and intimated in reply that it was not from any audacity that he had remained within the rails, but because he had understood that this was the custom at Constantinople. “I owe thanks,” he added, “for being cured too of this error.”

So both the archbishop and the emperor showed a mighty shining light of virtue. Both to me are admirable; the former for his brave words, the latter for his docility; the archbishop for the warmth of his zeal, and the prince for the purity of his faith.

On his return to Constantinople Theodosius kept within the bounds of piety which he had learnt from the great archbishop. For when the occasion of a feast brought him once again into the divine temple, after bringing his gifts to the holy table he straightway went out. The bishop at that time was Nectarius, and on his asking the emperor what could possibly be the reason of his not remaining within, Theodosius answered with a sigh “I have learnt after great difficulty the differences between an emperor and a priest. It is not easy to find a man capable of teaching me the truth. Ambrosius alone deserves the title of bishop.”

So great is the gain of conviction when brought home by a man of bright and shining goodness.

Περὶ τῶν ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ σφαγῶν, καὶ περὶ τῆς τοῦ ἐπισκόπου Ἀμβροσίου παῤῥησίας, καὶ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως εὐσεβείας.

Θεσσαλονίκη πόλις ἐστὶ μεγίστη καὶ πολυάνθρωπος, εἰς μὲν τὸ Μακεδόνων ἔθνος τελοῦσα, ἡγουμένη δὲ καὶ Θετταλίας καὶ Ἀχαΐας, καὶ μέντοι καὶ ἄλλων παμπόλλων ἐθνῶν, ὅσα τῶν Ἰλλυριῶν τὸν ὕπαρχον ἡγούμενον ἔχει. Ἐν ταύτῃ στάσεως γενομένης τινὸς, κατελεύσθησάν τε καὶ κατεσύρησαν τῶν ἀρχόντων τινές. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐξαφθεὶς ὑπὸ ἀγγελθέντων, οὐκ ἤνεγκε τοῦ θυμοῦ τὴν ὁρμὴν, οὐδὲ τῷ χαλινῷ τοῦ λογισμοῦ τὴν τούτου ῥύμην ἐκώλυσεν: ἀλλὰ τούτῳ τὴν ψῆφον ἐξενεγκεῖν τῆς τιμωρίας ἐπέτρεψε.

Ταύτην δὲ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐκεῖνος λαβὼν, οἷα δὴ αὐτόνομός τε καὶ τύραννος, τὸν δεσμὸν ἀποῤῥήξας καὶ τοῦ λογισμοῦ διαφυγὼν τὸν ζυγὸν, ἄδικα ξίφη κατὰ πάντων ἐγύμνωσε, καὶ τοὺς ἀθώους μετὰ τῶν ὑπευθύνων κατέκτεινεν.

Ἑπτὰ γὰρ, ὥς φασιν. ἀνῃρέθησαν χιλιάδες, οὐ κρίσεως ἡγησαμένης, καὶ τῶν τὰ δεινὰ ἐκεῖνα τετολμηκότων κατακριθέντων, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐν ἀμήτῳ πάντων ὁμοῦ δίκην ἀσταχύων κατατμηθέντων. Ταύτην μαθὼν τὴν ὀδυρμῶν γέμουσαν συμφορὰν Ἀμβρόσιος ἐκεῖνος, οὖ πολλάκις ἐμνήσθην, ἀφικόμενον εἰς Μεδιόλανον τὸν βασιλέα, καὶ συνήθως εἰς τὸν θεῖον εἰσελθεῖν βουληθέντα νεὼν, ὑπαντήσας ἔξω τῶν προθύρων, ἐπιβῆναι τῶν ἱερῶν προπυλαίων τοιάδε λέγων ἐκώλυσεν: Οὐκ οἶσθα, ὡς ἔοικε, ὦ βασιλεῦ, τῆς εἰργασμένης μιαιφονίας τὸ μέγεθος, οὐδὲ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ θυμοῦ παῦλαν ὁ λογισμὸς ἐπέγνω τὸ τολμηθέν. Οὐκ ἐᾷ γὰρ ἴσως τῆς βασιλείας ἡ δύναμις ἐπιγνῶναι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἀλλ’ ἐπιπροσθεῖ ἡ ἐξουσία τῷ λογισμῷ. Χρὴ μέντοι εἰδέναι τὴν φύσιν, καὶ τὸ ταύτης θνητόν τε καὶ διαῤῥέον. καὶ τὸν πρόγονον χοῦν ἐξ οὖ γεγόναμεν, καὶ εἰς ὅν ἀποῤῥέομεν, καὶ μὴ τῷ ἄνθει τῆς ἁλουργῖδος ἀποβουκολούμενον, ἀγνοεῖν τοῦ καλυπτομένου σώματος τὴν ἀσθένειαν. Ὁμοφυῶν ἄρχεις, ὧ βασιλεῦ, καὶ μὲν δὴ καὶ ὁμοδούλων: εἶς γὰρ ἁπάντων Δεσπότης καὶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς, ὁ τῶν ὅλων Δημιουργός. Ποίοις τοίνυν ὀφθαλμοῖς ὄφει τὸν τοῦ κοινοῦ Δεσπότου νεών; ποίοις δὲ ποσὶ τὸ δάπεδον ἐκεῖνο πατήσεις τὸ ἅγιον; πῶς δὲ τὰς χεῖρας ἐκτενεῖς ἀποσταζούσας ἔτι τοῦ ἀδίκου φόνου τὸ αἷμα; πῶς δὲ τοιαύταις ὑποδέξῃ χερσὶ τοῦ Δεσπότου τὸ πανάγιον σῶμα; πῶς δὲ τῷ στόματι προσοίσεις τὸ αἷμα τὸ τίμιον, τοσοῦτον διὰ τὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ λόγον ἐκχέας παρανόμως αἷμα; Ἄπιθι τοίνυν, καὶ μὴ πειρῶ τοῖς δευτέροις τὴν προτέραν αὔξειν παρανομίαν, καὶ δέχου τὸν δεσμὸν ᾦ ὁ Θεὸς ὁ τῶν ὅλων Δεσπότης ἄνωθεν γίνεται σύμψηφος. Ἰατρικὸς δὲ οὗτος, καὶ πρόξενος ὑγιείας. Τούτοις εἴξας ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῖς λόγοις, τοῖς γὰρ θείοις λογίοις ἐντεθραμμένος ᾔδει σαφῶς τίνα μὲν τῶν ἱερέων, τίνα δὲ τῶν βασιλέων ἴδια, στένων καὶ δακρύων ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς τὰ βασίλεια. Χρόνου δὲ συχνοῦ διελθόντος, ὀκτὼ γὰρ ἀναλώθησαν μῆνες, κατέλαβεν ἡ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν γενέθλιος ἑορτή: ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις καθῆστο, τὴν τῶν δακρύων ἀναλίσκων λιβάδα.

Τοῦτο θεασάμενος ʽΡουφῖνος, μάγιστρος δὲ τηνικαῦτα ἦν, καὶ πολλῆς μετεῖχε παῤῥησίας, ἅτε δὴ συνηθέστερος ὢν, προσελθὼν ἤρετο τῶν δακρύων τὸ αἴτιον.

Ὁ δὲ πικρῶς ἀνοιμώξας, καὶ σφοδρότερον προχέας τὸ δάκρυον Σὺ μὲν, ἔφη, ʽΡουφῖνε, παίζεις. τῶν γὰρ ἐμῶν οὐκ ἐπαισθάνῃ κακῶν: ἐγὼ δὲ στένω καὶ ὀλοφύρομαι τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ συμφορὰν λογιζόμενος, ὡς τοῖς μὲν οἰκέταις καὶ τοῖς προσαίταις ἄνετος ὁ θεῖος νεὼς, καὶ εἰσίασιν ἀδεῶς, καὶ τὸν οἰκεῖον ἀντιβολοῦσιν Δεσπότην, ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ οὗτος ἄβατος, καὶ πρὸς τούτῳ μοι ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀποκέκλεισται.

Μέμνημαι γὰρ τῆς Δεσποτικῆς φωνῆς, ἤ διαῤῥήδην φησίν: Ὅ ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Ὁ δέ: Δραμοῦμαι, ἔφη, εἵ σοι δοκεῖ, καὶ τὸν ἀρχιερέα πείσω λιπαρήσας λῦσαί σου τὰ δεσμά. Οὐ πείσεται, ἔφη ὁ βασιλεύς. οἴδα γὰρ ἐγὼ τῆς Ἀμβροσίου ψήφου τὸ δίκαιον, οὐδὲ αἰδεσθεὶς τῆς βασιλείας τὴν ἐξουσίαν τὸν θεῖον παραβήσεται νόμον. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ πλείοσι χρησάμενος ὁ ʽΡουφῖνος λόγοις πείθειν ὑπέσχετο τὸν Ἀμβρόσιον, ἀπελθεῖν αὐτὸν ὁ βασιλεὺς κατὰ τάχος ἐκέλευσε: καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ, ὑπὸ τῆς ἐλπίδος βουκοληθεὶς, ἠκολούθησε μετὰ βραχὺ, ταῖς ὑποσχέσεσι τοῦ ʽΡουφίνου πεισθείς . Αὐτίκα δὲ τὸν ʽΡουφῖνον ἱ̓??ʼὼν ὁ θεῖος Ἀμβρόσιος Τὴν τῶν κυνῶν ὰναίδειαν, ἔφη, ʽΡουφῖνε, ζηλοῖς. Τοσαύτης γὰρ μιαιφονίας γενόμενος σύμβουλος, τὴν αἰδὼ τῶν μετώπων ἀπέξυσας, καὶ οὔτε ἐρυθριᾷς, οὔτε δέδιας, τοσοῦτον κατὰ τῆς θείας λυττήσας εἰκόνος. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὁ ʽΡουφῖνος ἠντιβόλει, καὶ τὸν βασιλέα ἔλεγεν ἥξειν, ὑπὸ τοῦ θείου ζήλου πυρποληθεὶς Ἀμβρόσιος ὁ θεσπέσιος: Ἐγὼ, ἔφη, ὦ ʽΡουφῖνε, προλέγω ὡς κωλύσω τῶν ἱερῶν αὐτὸν ἐπιβῆναι προθύρων. Εἰ δὲ εἰς τυραννίδα τὴν βασιλείαν μεθίστησι. δέξομαι κἀγὼ μεθ̓ ἡδονῆς τὴν σφαγήν. Τούτων ὁ ʽΡουφῖνος ἀκούσας, ἐμήνυσε διά τινος τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸν τοῦ ἀρχιεπισκόπου σκοπὸν, καὶ μένειν εἴσω τῶν βασιλείων παρῄνεσεν. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς. κατὰ μέσην τὴν ἀγορὰν ταῦτα μαθών: Ἄπειμι, ἔφη, καὶ τὰς δικαίας δέξομαι παροινίας. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τοὺς ἱεροὺς περιβόλους κατέλαβεν, εἰς μὲν τὸν θεῖον οὐκ εἰσελήλυθε νεών: πρὸς δὲ τὸν ἀρχιερέα παραγενόμενος, ἐν δὲ τῷ ἀσπαστικῷ οὗτος οἴκῳ καθῆστο, ἐλιπάρει λυθῆναι τῶν δεσμῶν. Ὁ δὲ τυραννικὴν ἐκάλει τὴν παρουσίαν, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ μεμηνέναι τὸν Θεοδόσιον ἔλεγε, καὶ τοὺς ἐκείνου νόμους πατεῖν. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς: Οὐ θρασύνομαι, ἔφη, κατὰ τῶν κειμένων νόμων, οὐδὲ παρανόμως ἐπιβῆναι τῶν ἱερῶν προθύρων ἐφίεμαι: ἀλλά σε λῦσαί μοι τὸν δεσμὸν ἀξιῶ, καὶ τὴν τοῦ κοινοῦ Δεσπότου φιλανθρωπίαν λογίσασθαι, καὶ μὴ κλεῖσαί μοι θύραν, ἣν πᾶσι τοῖς μεταμελείᾳ χρωμένοις ὁ Δεσπότης ἀνέῳξεν. Ὁ δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς ἔφη: Ποίαν οὖν μεταμέλειαν ἔδειξας μετὰ τοσαύτην παρανομίαν; ποίοις δὲ φαρμάκοις τὰ δυσίατα ἐθεράπευσας τραύματα; Ὁ δὲ βασιλεύς: Σὸν ἔργον, φησὶ, τὸ καὶ δεῖξαι καὶ κεράσαι τὰ φάρμακα: ἐμὸν δὲ τὸ δέξασθαι τὰ προσφερόμενα. Τότε ὁ θεῖος Ἀμβρόσιος: Ἐπειδὴ τῷ θυμῷ, ἔφη, τὸ δικάζειν ἐπιτρέπεις, καὶ οὐχ ὁ λογισμὸς τὴν γνῶσιν, ἀλλ’ ὁ θυμὸς ἐκφέρει, γράψον νόμον τοῦ θυμοῦ τὰς ψήφους ἀργὰς ποιοῦντα καὶ περιττὰς. καὶ τριάκοντα ἡμέρας αἱ φονευτικαὶ καὶ δημευτικαὶ μενέτωσαν γνώσεις ἐγγεγραμμέναι, τὴν τοῦ λογισμοῦ προσδεχόμεναι κρίσιν. Διελθουσῶν δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν. οἱ τὰ ἐγνωσμένα γεγραφότες τὰ προστεταγμένα δεικνύτωσαν: καὶ τηνικαῦτα, τοῦ θυμοῦ πεπαυμένου, καθ̓ ἑαυτὸν δικάζων ὁ λογισμὸς, ἐξετάσει τὰ ἐγνωσμένα, καὶ ὄψεται εἴτε ἄδικα, εἴτε δίκαια εἴη: καὶ εἰ μὲν εὕρῃ ἄδικα, δῆλον ὅτι διαῤῥήξει τὰ γεγραμμένα: εἰ δέ γε δίκαια, βεβαιώσει, καὶ ὁ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀριθμὸς οὐ λυμανεῖται τοῖς ὀρθῶς ἐγνωσμένοις. Ταύτην ὁ βασιλεὺς δεξάμενος τὴν εἰσήγησιν καὶ ἄριστα ἔχειν ὑπολαβὼν, εὐθὺς γραφῆναί τε τὸν νόμον ἐκέλευσε, καὶ τοῖς τῆς οἰκείας χειρὸς ἐβεβαίωσε γράμμασι. Τούτου δὲ γενομένου, διέλυσε τὸν δεσμὸν ὁ θεῖος Ἀμβρόσιος. Οὕτως ὁ πιστότατος βασιλεὺς εἴσω γενέσθαι θαῤῥήσας τοῦ θείου νεὼ,οὐχ ἑστὼς τὸν Δεσπότην ἱκέτευσεν, οὐδὲ τὰ γόνατα κλίνας, ἀλλὰ πρηνὴς ἐπὶ τοῦ δαπέδου κείμενος τὴν Δαυῖτικὴν ἀφῆκε φωνήν: Ἐκολλήθη τῷ ἐδάφει ἡ ψυχή μου, ζῆσόν με κατὰ τὸν λόγον σου. Καὶ ταῖς χερσὶν ἀποτίλλων τὰς τρίχας, καὶ τὸ μέτωπον τύπτων, καὶ ταῖς τῶν δακρύων σταγόσι τοὗ??ʼαφος καταῤῥαίνων, συγγνώμης ἠντιβόλει τυχεῖν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὁ καιρὸς ἐκάλει τῇ ἱερᾷ τραπέζῃ τὰ δῶρα προσενεγκεῖν, ἀναστὰς μετὰ τῶν ἴσων δακρύων τῶν ἀνακτόρων ἐπέβη: προσενεγκὼν δὲ, ὥσπερ εἰώθει, ἔνδον παρὰ τὰς κιγκλίδας μεμένηκεν. Ἀλλὰ πάλιν ὁ μέγας Ἀμβρόσιος οὐκ ἐσίγησεν, ἀλλ’ ἐξεπαίδευσε τὴν τῶν τόπων διαφοράν. Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἤρετο εἴ τινος δέοιτο: τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως εἰρηκότος, ὡς προσμένει τὴν τῶν θείων μυστηρίων μετάληψιν, ἐδήλωσεν, ὑπουργῷ τῷ τῶν διακόνων ἡγουμένῳ χρησάμενος, ὅτι Τὰ ἔνδον, ὦ βασιλεῦ, μόνοις ἐστὶν ἱερεῦσι βατά: τοῖς δὲ ἄλλοις ἅπασιν, ἅ??ʼυτά τε καὶ ἄψαυστα: ἔξιθι τοίνυν, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις κοινώνει τῆς στάσεως: ἁλουργὶς γὰρ βασιλέας, οὐχ ἱερέας ποιεῖ. Καὶ ταύτην δὲ ὁ πιστότατος βασιλεὺς ἀσμένως δεξάμενος τὴν εἰσήγησιν, ἀντεδήλωσεν, ὡς οὐ θρασύτητι χρώμενος ἔνδον τῶν κιγκλίδων μεμένηκεν, ἀλλ’ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει τοῦτο εἶναι ἔθος μαθών: Χάριν δὲ ὀφείλω, ἔφη. καὶ τῆσδε τῆς ἰατρείας. Τοσαύτῃ καὶ τηλικαύτῃ καὶ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς διέλαμπον ἀρετῇ. Ἀμφοτέρων γὰρ ἔγωγε ἄγαμαι, τοῦ μὲν τὴν παῤῥησίαν, τοῦ δὲ τὴν εὐπείθειαν: καὶ τοῦ μὲν τὴν τοῦ ζήλου θερμότητα, τοῦ δὲ τὴν τῆς πίστεως καθαρότητα. Τοὺς δὲ δὴ τῆς εὐσεβείας ὅρους, οὓς παρὰ τοῦ μεγάλου ἀρχιερέως μεμάθηκε, καὶ εἰς τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἐπανελθὼν διετήρησεν.

Ἑορτῆς γὰρ αὐτὸν πάλιν θείας εἰς τὸν θεῖον ἀγαγούσης νεὼν, τῇ ἱερᾷ τραπέζῃ τὰ δῶρα προσενεγκὼν εὐθὺς ἐξελήλυθε. Τοῦ δὲ τῆς ἐκκλησίας προέδρου, Νεκτάριος δὲ τηνικαῦτα ἦν, δεδηλωκότος: Τί δή ποτε μὴ μεμένηκας ἔνδον, δυσχεράνας;— Μόλις, ἔφη, βασιλέως καὶ ἱερέως ἐδιδάχθην διαφορὰν, μόλις εὗρον ἀληθείας διδάσκαλον. Ἀμβρόσιον γὰρ οἶδα μόνον ἐπίσκοπον ἀξίως καλούμενον. Τοσοῦτον ὀνίνησιν ἔλεγχος παρὰ ἀνδρὸς ἀρετῇ λάμποντος προσφερόμενος.

5.18 Of the Empress Placilla

Yet other opportunities of improvement lay within the emperor’s reach, for his wife used constantly to put him in mind of the divine laws in which she had first carefully educated herself. In no way exalted by her imperial rank she was rather fired by it with greater longing for divine things. The greatness of the good gift given her made her love for Him who gave it all the greater, so she bestowed every kind of attention on the maimed and the mutilated, declining all aid from her household and her guards, herself visiting the houses where the sufferers lodged, and providing every one with what he required. She also went about the guest chambers of the churches and ministered to the wants of the sick, herself handling pots and pans, and tasting broth, now bringing in a dish and breaking bread and offering morsels, and washing out a cup and going through all the other duties which are supposed to be proper to servants and maids. To them who strove to restrain her from doing these things with her own hands she would say, “It befits a sovereign to distribute gold; I, for the sovereign power that has been given me, am giving my own service to the Giver.” To her husband, too, she was ever wont to say, “Husband, you ought always to bethink you what you were once and what you have become now; by keeping this constantly in mind you will never grow ungrateful to your benefactor, but will guide in accordance with law the empire bestowed upon you, and thus you will worship Him who gave it.” By ever using language of this kind, she with fair and wholesome care, as it were, watered the seeds of virtue planted in her husband’s heart.

She died before her husband, and not long after the time of her death events occurred which showed how well her husband loved her.

Περὶ Πλακίλλης τῆς βασιλίδος.

Εἶχε δὲ καὶ ἄλλην ἀφορμὴν ὠφελείας ὁ βασιλεύς.

Ἡ γὰρ τοῦ γάμου τὸν ζυγὸν μετ’ αὐτοῦ δεξαμένη, τῶν θείων αὐτῷ συνεχῶς ἀνεμίμνησκε νόμων, ἑαυτὴν τούτους πρῶτον ἀκριβῶς ἐκπαιδεύσασα. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπῆρεν αὐτὴν τῆς βασιλείας ἡ δυναστεία, ἀλλὰ τὸν θεῖον πλέον ἐπύρσευσε πόθον. Τῆς γὰρ εὐεργεσίας τὸ μέγεθος μεῖζον τὸ περὶ τὸν εὐεργέτην εἰργάζετο φίλτρον. Αὐτίκα γοῦν καὶ τῶν τὸ σῶμα πεπηρωμένων, καὶ ἅπαντα τὰ μέλη λελωβημένων. παντοδαπὴν ἐποιεῖτο φροντίδα, οὐκ οἰκέταις, οὐδὲ δορυφόροις ὑπουργοῖς κεχρημένη, ἀλλ’ αὐτουργὸς γιγνομένη, καὶ εἰς τὰς τούτων καταγωγὰς ἀφικνουμένη, καὶ ἑκάστῳ τὴν χρείαν πορίζουσα. Οὕτω καὶ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν τοὺς ξενῶνας περινοστοῦσα, τοὺς κλινοπετεῖς δἰ ἑαυτῆς ἐνοσήλευεν, αὕτη καὶ χύτρας ἁπτομένη, καὶ ζωμοῦ γευομένη, καὶ τρύβλιον προσφέρουσα, καὶ ἄρτον κλῶσα, καὶ ψωμοὺς ὀρέγουσα, καὶ κύλικα κύλικα ἀποκλύζουσα, καὶ τἄλλα πάντα ἐργαζομένη. ὅσα οἰκετῶν καὶ θεραπαινίδων ἔργα νενόμισται. Καὶ τοῖς τὴν αὐτουργίαν ἐπέχειν πειρωμένοις ἐπέλεγεν, ὡς Τὸ μὲν χρυσίον διανέμειν τῇ βασιλείᾳ προσήκει: ἐγὼ δὲ ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς γε βασιλείας τὴν αὐτουργίαν τῷ δεδωκότι προσφέρω. Καὶ τῷ ὁμοζύγῳ δὲ συνεχῶς εἰώθει λέγειν: Ἀεί σε, ὦ ἄνερ, προσήκει λογίζεσθαι, τί μὲν ἧσθα πάλαι, τί δὲ γέγονας νῦν: ταῦτα γὰρ διηνεκῶς ἐνθυμούμενος, οὐκ ἔσῃ περὶ τὸν εὐεργέτην ἀχάριστος, ἀλλ’ ἢν ἐδέξω βασιλείαν κυβερνήσεις ἐννόμως, καὶ ταύτῃ θεραπεύσεις τὸν δεδωκότα. Τοιούτοις ἀεὶ κεχρημένη λόγοις, οἶόν τινα καλλίστην ἀρδείαν καὶ πρόσφορον τοῖς τῆς ἀρετῆς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς προσέφερε σπέρμασι. Προτέρα μέντοι τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἐτελεύτησε, καὶ συνέβη μετὰ χρόνον τινὰ τῆς τελευτῆς τοιόνδε τι γενέσθαι ὃ τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως περὶ αὐτὴν φιλοστοργίαν ἐγύμνωσε.

5.19 Of the sedition of Antioch

In consequence of his continual wars the emperor was compelled to impose heavy taxes on the cities of the empire.

The city of Antioch refused to put up with the new tax, and when the people saw the victims of its exaction subjected to torture and indignity, then, in addition to the usual deeds which a mob is wont to do when it is seizing an opportunity for disorder, they pulled down the bronze statue of the illustrious Placilla, for so was the empress named, and dragged it over a great part of the town. On being informed of these events the emperor, as was to be expected, was indignant. He then deprived the city of her privileges, and gave her dignity to her neighbour, with the idea that thus he could inflict on her the greatest indignity, for Antioch from the earliest times had had a rival in Laodicea. He further threatened to burn and destroy the town and reduce it to the rank of a village. The magistrates however had arrested some men in the very act, and had put them to death before the tragedy came to the emperor’s ears. All these orders had been given by the Emperor, but had not been carried out because of the restriction imposed by the edict which had been made by the advice of the great Ambrosius. On the arrival of the commissioners who brought the emperor’s threats, Elebichus, then a military commander, and Cæsarius prefect of the palace, styled by the Romans magister officiorum, the whole population shuddered in consternation. But the athletes of virtue, dwelling at the foot of the hill, of whom at that time there were many of the best, made many supplications and entreaties to the imperial officers. The most holy Macedonius, who was quite unversed in the things of this life, and altogether ignorant of the sacred oracles, living on the tops of the mountains, and night and day offering up pure prayers to the Saviour of all, was not in the least dismayed at the imperial violence, nor at all affected by the power of the commissioners. As they rode into the middle of the town he caught hold of one of them by the cloak and bade both of them dismount. At the sight of a little old man, clad in common rags, they were at first indignant, but some of those who were conducting them informed them of the high character of Macedonius, and then they sprang from their horses, caught hold of his knees, and asked his pardon. The old man, urged on by divine wisdom, spoke to them in the following terms: “Say, dear sirs, to the emperor; you are not only an emperor, you are also a man. Bethink you, therefore, not only of your sovereignty, but also of your nature. You are a man, and you reign over your fellow men. Now the nature of man is formed after the image and likeness of God. Do not, therefore, thus savagely and cruelly order the massacre of God’s image, for by punishing His image you will anger the Maker. Think how you are acting thus in your wrath for the sake of a brazen image. Now all who are endued with reason know how far a lifeless image is inferior to one alive and gifted with soul and sense. Take into account, too, that for one image of bronze we can easily make many more. Even you yourself cannot make one single hair of the slain.”

After the good men had heard these words they reported them to the emperor, and quenched the flame of his rage. Instead of his threats he wrote a defence, and explained the cause of his anger. “It was not right,” said he, “because I was in error, that indignity should be inflicted after her death on a woman so worthy of the highest praise. They that were aggrieved ought to have armed their anger against me.” The emperor further added that he was grieved and distressed when he heard that some had been executed by the magistrates. In relating these events I have had a twofold object. I did not think it right to leave in oblivion the boldness of the illustrious monk, and I wished to point out the advantage of the edict which was put out by the advice of the great Ambrosius.

Περὶ τῆς ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ γεγονυίας στάσεως.

Ὑπὸ τῶν συχνῶν πολέμων ἀναγκαζόμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰσφοράν τινα ξένην ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐπιτέθεικεν.

Ἡ δὲ Ἀντιόχου πόλις τὸ καινὸν τέλος οὐκ ἤνεγκεν.

Ἀλλ’ ὁρῶν ὁ δῆμος τοὺς εἰσπραττομένους κρεμαννυμένους, ἄλλα τε ἔδρασεν, ποιεῖν φιλεῖ ὄχλος πρόφασιν εἰς ἀταξίαν λαμβάνων, καὶ τὴν χαλκῆν εἰκόνα τῆς πανευφήμου Πλακίλλης, τοῦτο γὰρ ἦν ὄνομα τῇ βασιλίδι, κατήνεγκέ τε καὶ ἐπὶ πολὺ τῆς πόλεως κατέσυρε μέρος. Ταῦτα πυθόμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς, καὶ χαλεπήνας ὥσπερ εἰκὸς ἦν, τά τε τῆς πόλεως ἀφείλετο προνόμια, καὶ τῇ γειτονευούσῃ πόλει τὴν ἡγεμονίαν δέδωκε, ταύτῃ μάλιστα νομίζων ἀνιάσειν: ἐζηλοτύπει γὰρ ἡ Λαοδίκεια τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν ἄνωθεν. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ ἐμπρήσειν ἠπείλει, καὶ καταλύσειν, καὶ εἰς κώμην τὸ ἄστυ μετασκευάσειν, Οἱ δέ γε ἄρχοντες καὶ ἀνεῖλόν τινας, παῤ αὐτὸ συλλαβόντες τὸ τόλμημα, πρὶν γνῶναι τὸν βασιλέα τὴν τραγῳδίαν.

Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ὁ βασιλεὺς προσέταττε μὲν, οὐκ ἐγένετο δὲ, τοῦ νόμου κωλύοντος ὅν Ἀμβρόσιος ὁ μέγας τεθῆναι παρῄνεσεν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀφίκοντο οἱ τὰς ἀπειλὰς ἐκείνου κομίζοντες, Ἐλεβῆχός τε στρατηγὸς τηνικαῦτα ὢν, καὶ Καισάριος τῶν βασιλείων ἡγούμενος, μάγιστρον δὲ οἱ ʽΡωμαῖοι καλοῦσι τὸν ταύτην ἔχοντα τὴν ἀρχήν: ἐν δέει μὲν ἦσαν ἄπαντες, τὰς ἀπειλὰς πεφρικότες. Οἱ δὲ τὴν ὑπώρειαν οἰκοῦντες τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀθληταὶ, πολλοὶ δὲ ἦσαν τηνικαῦτα καὶ ἄριστοι, πολλὰς καὶ παραινέσεις καὶ παρακλήσεις τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐκείνοις προσήνεγκαν Μακεδόνιος δὲ ὁ θειότατος, οὐδὲν μὲν τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον ἐπιστάμενος, καὶ τῶν θείων δὲ λογίων πάμπαν ἄπειρος ὢν, ἐν δὲ ταῖς τῶν ὀρῶν κορυφαῖς διαιτώμενος, καὶ νύκτωρ καὶ μεθ̓ ἡμέραν τῷ Σωτῆρι τῶν ὅλων καθαρὰς προσφέρων εὐχὰς, οὐ τοῦ βασιλέως καταπλαγεὶς τὴν ὁρμὴν, οὔτε μὴν τῶν ἀποσταλέντων τὴν ἐξουσίαν εἰς νοῦν λαβὼν, ἐν μέσῳ τῷ ἄστει, τῆς χλανίδος θατέρου λαβόμενος, ἀμφοτέρους ἐκ τῶν ἵππων καταβῆναι κελεύει. Οἱ δὲ μικρὸν γερόντιον, εὐτελῆ ῥάκη περιβεβλημένον ἰδόντες, τὸ πρῶτον μὲν ἐχαλέπηναν: ἐπεὶ δέ τινες τῶν ἡγουμένων τὴν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἐδήλωσαν ἀρετὴν, κατεπήδησάν τε ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων, καὶ τῶν ἐκείνου γονάτων ἐπιλαβόμενοι συγγνώμην ἐζήτουν. Ὁ δὲ τῆς θείας σοφίας ἐμφορηθεὶς, τοιοῖσδε πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐχρήσατο λόγοις: Εἴπατε, ὦ φίλοι ἄνδρες, τῷ βασιλεῖ: Οὐ βασιλεὺς εἶ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄνθρωπος. Μὴ τοίνυν μόνην ὄρα τὴν βασιλείαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν φύσιν λογίζου. Ἄνθρωπος γὰρ ὢν, ὁμοφυῶν βασιλεύεις. Κατ’ εἰκόνα δὲ θείαν καὶ ὁμοίωσιν ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων δεδημιούργηται φύσις. Μὴ τοίνυν ὠμῶς οὕτως καὶ ἀπηνῶς τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν εἰκόνα κατασφαγῆναι κελεύσῃς. Παροξυνεῖς γὰρ τὸν Δημιουργὸν τὴν ἐκείνου κολάζων εἰκόνα. Σκόπησον γὰρ ὡς καὶ σὺ χαλκῆς ἕνεκα δυσχεραίνων εἰκόνος ταῦτα ποιεῖς. Ὅσον δὲ τῆς ἀψύχου διαφέρει ἡ ἔμψυχός τε καὶ ζῶσα καὶ λογικὴ, δῆλον ἅπασι τοῖς γε νοῦν ἔχουσι. Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις λογισάσθω κἀκεῖνα, ὡς ἡμῖν μὲν ῥᾴδιον ἀντὶ τῆς μιᾶς εἰκόνος πολλὰς δημιουργῆσαι χαλκᾶς: αὐτῷ δὲ πάμπαν ἀδύνατον μίαν γοῦν τῶν ἀναιρεθέντων δημιουργῆσαι τρίχα. Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ θαυμαστοὶ ἄνδρες ἐκεῖνοι, διεπόρθμευσαν τὰ εἰρημένα τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ τὴν τοῦ θυμοῦ κατέσβεσαν φλόγα, καὶ ἀντὶ τῶν ἀπειλῶν ἐκείνων ἀπολογίαν ἔγραψε, καὶ τῆς ὀργῆς τὴν αἰτίαν ἐδήλωσεν. Οὐκ ἔδει γὰρ ἔφη, ἐμοῦ πλημμελήσαντος, γυναῖκα πάσης εὐφημίας ἀξιωτάτην τοσαύτην μετὰ τελευτὴν δέξασθαι παροινίαν: κατ’ ἐμοῦ δὲ ἐχρῆν τὸν θυμὸν τοὺς ἀγανακτοῦντας ὁπλίσαι. Προστέθεικε δὲ ὡς ἀλύει καὶ ἀνιᾶται. τινὰς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἀνῃρῆσθαι μαθών. Ἐγὼ δὲ ταῦτα διεξῆλθον, καὶ τοῦ πανευφήμου μονάζοντος τὴν παῤῥησίαν οὐχ ἡγησάμενος δίκαιον παραδοῦναι λήθῃ. καὶ τὸν νόμον ἐκεῖνον δεικνὺς ὀνησιφόρον, ὅν ὁ μέγας Ἀμβρόσιος γραφῆναι παρῄνεσεν.

5.20 Of the destruction of the temples all over the Empire

Now the right faithful emperor diverted his energies to resisting paganism, and published edicts in which he ordered the shrines of the idols to be destroyed. Constantine the Great, most worthy of all eulogy, was indeed the first to grace his empire with true religion; and when he saw the world still given over to foolishness he issued a general prohibition against the offering of sacrifices to the idols. He had not, however, destroyed the temples, though he ordered them to be kept shut. His sons followed in their father’s footsteps. Julian restored the false faith and rekindled the flame of the ancient fraud. On the accession of Jovian he once more placed an interdict on the worship of idols, and Valentinian the Great governed Europe with like laws. Valens, however, allowed every one else to worship any way they would and to honour their various objects of adoration. Against the champions of the Apostolic decrees alone he persisted in waging war. Accordingly during the whole period of his reign the altar fire was lit, libations and sacrifices were offered to idols, public feasts were celebrated in the forum, and votaries initiated in the orgies of Dionysus ran about in goat-skins, mangling hounds in Bacchic frenzy, and generally behaving in such a way as to show the iniquity of their master. When the right faithful Theodosius found all these evils he pulled them up by the roots, and consigned them to oblivion.

Περὶ τῶν πανταχοῦ γῆς καταλυθέντων ναῶν.

Ὁ δὲ πιστότατος βασιλεὺς κατὰ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς πλάνης μετέθηκε τὴν σπουδὴν, καὶ νόμους ἔγραψε τὰ τῶν εἰδώλων τεμένη καταλυθῆναι κελεύων.

Κωνσταντῖνος μὲν γὰρ ὁ μέγας, ὁ πάσης ἀξιώτατος εὐφημίας, πρῶτος εὐσεβείᾳ τὴν βασιλείαν κοσμήσας, καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἔτι μεμηνυῖαν ὁρῶν, τὸ μὲν τοῖς δαίμοσι θύειν παντάπασιν ἀπηγόρευε: τοὺς δὲ τούτων ναοὺς οὐ κατέλυσεν, ἀλλ’ ἀβάτους εἶναι προσέταξε.

Καὶ μέντοι καὶ οἱ τούτου παῖδες τοῖς πατρῴοις ἠκολούθησαν ἴχνεσιν. Ἰουλιανὸς δὲ ἀνενεώσατο τὴν ἀσέβειαν, καὶ τῆς παλαιᾶς ἐξαπάτης ἐξῆψε τὴν φλόγα.

Ἰοβιανὸς δὲ τὴν βασιλείαν παραλαβὼν, πάλιν τὴν τῶν εἰδώλων ἐκώλυσε θεραπείαν: καὶ Βαλεντινιανὸς δὲ ὁ μέγας τοιοῖσδε κεχρημένος νόμοις ἴθυνε τὴν Εὐρώπην. Ὁ δὲ Βάλης πᾶσι μὲν %5τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπέτρεψε θρησκεύειν ᾗ βούλοιντο, καὶ τὰ θρησκευόμενα θεραπεύειν: μόνοις δὲ πολεμῶν διετέλει τοῖς τῶν ἀποστολικῶν ὑπερμαχοῦσι δογμάτων. Πάντα γοῦν τὸν τῆς ἐκείνου βασιλείας χρόνον, καὶ τὸ ἐπιβώμιον ἥπτετο πῦρ, καὶ σπονδὰς καὶ θυσίας τοῖς εἰδώλοις προσέφερον, καὶ τὰς δημοθοινίας κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐπετέλουν, καὶ οἱ τοῦ Διονύσου τὰ ὄργια τετελεσμένοι, μετὰ τῶν αἰγίδων ἔτρεχον, τοὺς κύνας διασπῶντες, καὶ μεμηνότες, καὶ βακχεύοντες, καὶ τ̔??ʼλλα δρῶντες, ἃ τὴν τοῦ διδασκάλου πονηρίαν δηλοῖ. Ταῦτα πάντα Θεοδόσιος εὑρὼν ὁ πιστότατος βασιλεὺς, πρόῤῥιζά τε ἀνέσπασε, καὶ λήθῃ παρέδωκε.

5.21 Of Marcellus, bishop of Apamea, and the idols' temples destroyed by him

The first of the bishops to put the edict in force and destroy the shrines in the city committed to his care was Marcellus, trusting rather in God than in the hands of a multitude. The occurrence is remarkable, and I shall proceed to narrate it. On the death of John, bishop of Apamea, whom I have already mentioned, the divine Marcellus, fervent in spirit, according to the apostolic law, was appointed in his stead.

Now there had arrived at Apamea the prefect of the East with two tribunes and their troops. Fear of the troops kept the people quiet. An attempt was made to destroy the vast and magnificent shrine of Jupiter, but the building was so firm and solid that to break up its closely compacted stones seemed beyond the power of man; for they were huge and well and truly laid, and moreover clamped fast with iron and lead.

When the divine Marcellus saw that the prefect was afraid to begin the attack, he sent him on to the rest of the towns; while he himself prayed to God to aid him in the work of destruction. Next morning there came uninvited to the bishop a man who was no builder, or mason, or artificer of any kind, but only a labourer who carried stones and timber on his back. “Give me,” said he, “two workmen’s pay; and I promise you I will easily destroy the temple.” The holy bishop did as he was asked, and the following was the fellow’s contrivance. Round the four sides of the temple went a portico united to it, and on which its upper story rested. The columns were of great bulk, commensurate with the temple, each being sixteen cubits in circumference. The quality of the stone was exceptionally hard, and offering great resistance to the masons’ tools. In each of these the man made an opening all round, propping up the superstructure with olive timber before he went on to another. After he had hollowed out three of the columns, he set fire to the timbers. But a black demon appeared and would not suffer the wood to be consumed, as it naturally would be, by the fire, and stayed the force of the flame. After the attempt had been made several times, and the plan was proved ineffectual, news of the failure was brought to the bishop, who was taking his noontide sleep. Marcellus forthwith hurried to the church, ordered water to be poured into a pail, and placed the water upon the divine altar. Then, bending his head to the ground, he besought the loving Lord in no way to give in to the usurped power of the demon, but to lay bare its weakness and exhibit His own strength, lest unbelievers should henceforth find excuse for greater wrong. With these and other like words he made the sign of the cross over the water, and ordered Equitius, one of his deacons, who was armed with faith and enthusiasm, to take the water and sprinkle it in faith, and then apply the flame. His orders were obeyed, and the demon, unable to endure the approach of the water, fled. Then the fire, affected by its foe the water as though it had been oil, caught the wood, and consumed it in an instant. When their support had vanished the columns themselves fell down, and dragged other twelve with them. The side of the temple which was connected with the columns was dragged down by the violence of their fall, and carried away with them. The crash, which was tremendous, was heard throughout the town, and all ran to see the sight. No sooner did the multitude hear of the flight of the hostile demon than they broke out into a hymn of praise to God.

Other shrines were destroyed in like manner by this holy bishop. Though I have many other most admirable doings of this holy man to relate,—for he wrote letters to the victorious martyrs, and received replies from them, and himself won the martyr’s crown,—for the present I hesitate to narrate them, lest by over prolixity I weary the patience of those into whose hands my history may fall.

I will therefore now pass to another subject.

Περὶ τοῦ Μαρκέλλου ἐπισκόπου Ἀπαμείας καὶ τῶν καταλυθέντων εἰδωλικῶν ναῶν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ.

Πρῶτος μέντοι τῶν ἄλλων ἀρχιερέων Μάρκελλος ὁ πάντα ἄριστος, ὅπλῳ τῷ νόμῳ χρησάμενος, τῆς ἐγκεχειρισμένης πόλεως τὰ τεμένη κατέλυσε, τῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν παῤῥησίᾳ μᾶλλον, ἣ τῇ πολυχειρίᾳ χρησάμενος.

Ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ τοῦτο διηγήσομαι μνήμης ὂν ἀξιώτατον. Ἐτετελευτήκει μὲν Ἰωάννης ὁ τῆς Ἀπαμέων ἐπίσκοπος, οὗ καὶ πρόσθεν ἐμνήσθην: ἐκεχειροτόνητο δὲ ἀντ̓ ἐκείνου Μάρκελλος ὁ θεῖος, ζέων τῷ πνεύματι κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἀποστόλου νομοθεσίαν.

Ἀφίκετο δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἀπάμειαν τῆς Ἑῴας ὁ ὕπαρχος, δύο χιλιάρχους σὺν τοῖς ὑπηκόοις λαβών.

Καὶ τὸ μὲν πλῆθος διὰ τὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἡσύχασε δέος: τὸ δὲ τοῦ Διὸς τέμενος μέγιστόν τε ὃν, καὶ πολλῷ κόσμῳ πεποικιλμένον, καταλῦσαι μὲν ἐπειράθη: στεγανὴν δὲ ἄγαν καὶ στερέμνιον τὴν οἰκοδομίαν εὑρὼν, ἀδύνατον ἀνθρώποις ὑπέλαβε διαλῦσαι τῶν λίθων τὴν ἁρμονίαν. Μέγιστοί τε γὰρ ἦσαν, καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἅμα συνηρμοσμένοι, καὶ μέντοι καὶ σιδήρῳ καὶ μολίβδῳ προσδεδεμένοι. Ταύτην τοῦ ὑπάρχου τὴν δειλίαν ὁ θεῖος Μάρκελλος ἰδὼν, ἐκεῖνον μὲν εἰς τὰς ἄλλας προὔπεμψε πόλεις, αὐτὸς δὲ τὸν Θεὸν ἠντιβόλει πόρον δοῦναι τῇ λύσει. Ἧκεν οὗν τις αὐτόματος ἔωθεν, οὔτε οἰκοδόμος, οὔτε λιθοτόμος, οὔτ’ ἄλλην τινὰ ἐπιστάμενος τέχνην, ἀλλὰ λίθους φέρειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων καὶ ξύλα εἰθισμένος.

Οὗτος προσελθὼν ὑπέσχετο ῥᾷστα τὸν νεὼν καταλύσειν, δυοῖν δὲ τεχνιτῶν ἀπῄτει μισθόν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τοῦτον ὑπέσχετο δώσειν ὁ θεῖος ἀρχιερεὺς, τοιόνδε τι ὁ ἀνὴρ ἐκεῖνος ἐμηχανήσατο. Στοὰν ἐκ τῶν τεττάρων πλευρῶν ὁ νεὼς εἶχεν ἐφ̓ ὕψους κείμενος αὐτῷ συνηρμοσμένην. Οἱ δὲ κίονες μέγιστοί τε ἦσαν καὶ ἰσόμετροι τῷ νεῷ: ἑκάστου δὲ ὁ κύκλος ἑκκαίδεκα πήχεων ἦν. Ἡ δὲ τοῦ λίθου φύσις, στεῤῥοτάτη τις ἦν, καὶ οὐ ῥᾳδίως τοῖς τῶν λιθοτόμων ὀργάνοις ὑπείκουσα. Τούτων ἕκαστον ἐν κύκλῳ διορύττων ἐκεῖνος, καὶ ξύλοις ἐλαΐνοις ὑπερείδων τὰ ὑπερκείμενα, ἐφ̓ ἕτερον αὗθις μετέβαινεν. Οὕτω δὲ τρεῖς τῶν κιόνων ὀρύξας, τὴν φλόγα τοῖς ξύλοις προσήνεγκεν.

Ἀλλ’ οὐκ εἴα κατὰ φύσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς τὰ ξύλα δαπανᾶσθαι δαίμων τις μέλας φαινόμενος, καὶ κωλύων τῆς φλογὸς τὴν ἐνέργειαν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλάκις τοῦτο δράσαντες ἀνόνητον ἑώρων τὴν μηχανὴν, ἐμήνυσαν τοῦτο τῷ ποιμένι μετὰ μεσημβρίαν καθεύδοντι.

Ὁ δὲ παραυτίκα εἰς τὸν θεῖον δραμὼν νεὼν, καὶ εἰς ἄγγος ὕδωρ κομισθῆναι προστάξας, ἔθηκε μὲν τὸ ὕδωρ ὑπὸ τὸ θεῖον θυσιαστήριον: αὐτὸς δὲ εἰς τὸ ἔδαφος τὸ μέτωπον θεὶς, τὸν φιλάνθρωπον ἠντιβόλει Δεσπότην, μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐνδοῦναι τῇ τυραννίδι τοῦ δαίμονος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τὴν ἐκείνου γυμνῶσαι, καὶ τὴν οἰκείαν δύναμιν ἐπιδεῖξαι, ἵνα μὴ πρόφασις ἐντεῦθεν τοῖς ἀπίστοις μείζονος γένηται βλάβης. Ταῦτα εἰπὼν, καὶ ὅσα τούτοις παρόμοια, καὶ ἐπιθεὶς τοῦ σταυροῦ τὸν τύπον τῷ ὕδατι, Ἐκύτιόν τινα διακονίας ἠξιωμένον, πίστει καὶ ζήλῳ πεφραγμένον, λαβεῖν τε τὸ ὕδωρ ἐκέλευσε, καὶ διὰ τάχους δραμεῖν, καὶ μετὰ πίστεως διαῤῥᾶναι, καὶ τὴν φλόγα προσενεγκεῖν. Οὕτω τούτου γενομένου, ἀπέδραμεν ὁ δαίμων οὐκ ἐνεγκὼν τὴν τοῦ ὕδατος προσβολήν: τὸ δὲ πῦρ ὡς ἐλαίῳ τῷ ἀντιπάλῳ χρησάμενον ὕδατι, ἐπελάβετό τε τῶν ξύλων. καὶ ταῦτα ἐν ἀκαρεῖ κατηνάλωσεν. Οἱ δὲ κίονες φρούδου τοῦ ἐρείδοντος γενομένου αὐτοί τε κατέπεσον, καὶ ἅλλους εἵλκυσαν δυοκαίδεκα. Καὶ τοῦ νεὼ δὲ τὸ τοῖς κίοσι συνημμένον κατηνέχθη πλευρὸν, ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκείνων βίας συνελκυσθέν. Ὁ δὲ κτύπος εἰς ἅπαν τὸ ἄστυ διαδραμὼν, πολὺς γὰρ ἦν, πάντας εἰς θέαν συνήγειρεν.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τοῦ ἀντιπάλου δαίμονος ἔμαθον τὴν φυγὴν, εἰς ὑμνῳδίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων τὴν γλῶτταν ἐκίνησαν. Οὕτω καὶ τἄλλα τεμένη κατέλυσεν ὁ θεῖος ἐκεῖνος ἀρχιερεύς. Πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἅλλα περὶ τοῦδε τοῦ ἀνδρὸς καὶ λίαν ἀξιάγαστα διηγήματα ἔχων, καὶ γὰρ τοῖς νικηφόροις ἐπέστελλε μάρτυσι, καὶ ἀντιγράφων ἐτύγχανε, καὶ τέλος καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν τῶν μαρτύρων ἀνεδέξατο στέφανον, ἀναδύομαι ταῦτα νῦν ἱστορεῖν, ἵνα μὴ λίαν μηκύνων ἀποκνήσω τοὺς ἐντευξομένους τῇ συγγραφῇ. Ἐφ̓ ἑτέραν τοίνυν διήγησιν τρέψομαι.

5.22 Of Theophilus, bishop of Alexandria, and what happened at the demolition of the idols in that city

The illustrious Athanasius was succeeded by the admirable Petrus, Petrus by Timotheus, and Timotheus by Theophilus, a man of sound wisdom and of a lofty courage. By him Alexandria was set free from the error of idolatry; for, not content with razing the idols’ temples to the ground, he exposed the tricks of the priests to the victims of their wiles. For they had constructed statues of bronze and wood hollow within, and fastened the backs of them to the temple walls, leaving in these walls certain invisible openings. Then coming up from their secret chambers they got inside the statues, and through them gave any order they liked and the hearers, tricked and cheated, obeyed. These tricks the wise Theophilus exposed to the people.

Moreover he went up into the temple of Serapis, which has been described by some as excelling in size and beauty all the temples in the world. There he saw a huge image of which the bulk struck beholders with terror, increased by a lying report which got abroad that if any one approached it, there would be a great earthquake, and that all the people would be destroyed. The bishop looked on all these tales as the mere drivelling of tipsy old women, and in utter derision of the lifeless monster’s enormous size, he told a man who had an axe to give Serapis a good blow with it. No sooner had the man struck, than all the folk cried out, for they were afraid of the threatened catastrophe. Serapis however, who had received the blow, felt no pain, inasmuch as he was made of wood, and uttered never a word, since he was a lifeless block. His head was cut off, and forthwith out ran multitudes of mice, for the Egyptian god was a dwelling place for mice. Serapis was broken into small pieces of which some were committed to the flames, but his head was carried through all the town in sight of his worshippers, who mocked the weakness of him to whom they had bowed the knee.

Thus all over the world the shrines of the idols were destroyed.

Περὶ Θεοφίλου ἐπισκόπου Ἀλεξανδρείας, καὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ καθαιρέσει τῶν εἰδώλων αὐτόθι γεγενημένων.

Ἀθανάσιον ἐκεῖνον τὸν πολυθρύλλητον ὁ θαυμάσιος διεδέξατο Πέτρος, τὸν δὲ Πέτρον Τιμόθεος, Τιμόθεον δὲ Θεόφιλος, ἀνὴρ πυκνός τε τὰς φρένας, καὶ ἀνδρεῖος τὸ φρόνημα. Οὗτος τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου πόλιν, τῆς εἰδωλικῆς ἠλευθέρωσε πλάνης. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον, ἐκ βάθρων ἀνέσπασε τὰ τῶν εἰδώλων τεμένη, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐξαπατώντων ἱερέων τοῖς ἐξηπατημένοις ὑπέδειξε μηχανήματα. Τά τε γὰρ ἐκ χαλκοῦ καὶ τὰ ἐκ ξύλων κενὰ ἔνδοθεν κατασκευάζοντες ξόανα, καὶ τοῖς τοίχοις τὰ τούτων προσαρμόζοντες νῶτα, πόρους τινὰς ἀφανεῖς ἐν τοῖς τοίχοις ἠφίεσαν. Εἶτα διὰ τῶν ἀδύτων ἀνιόντες, καὶ εἴσω τῶν ξοάνων γινόμενοι, ἅπερ ἐβούλοντο διὰ τούτων ἐκέλευον. Φενακιζόμενοι δὲ οἱ ἐπαῒοντες ἔδρων τὸ κελευόμενον. Ταῦτα ὁ σοφώτατος καταλύων ἀρχιερεὺς τοῖς ἐξαπατηθεῖσιν ὑπέδειξε δήμοις. Εἰς δὲ τὸν τοῦ Σαράπιδος νεὼν ἀναβὰς, τῶν δὲ πανταχοῦ γῆς, καθά φασί τινες, μέγιστός τε οὗτος καὶ κάλλιστος, εἶδε τὸ ξόανον παμμέγεθες, καὶ τῷ μεγέθει τοὺς θεατὰς δεδιττόμενον: πρὸς δὲ τῷ μεγέθει καὶ λόγος κατεῖχεν ἀπατηλὸς, ὡς εἴ τις τούτῳ πελάσει, κλονηθήσεται μὲν ἡ γῆ, πανωλεθρία δὲ ἅπαντας καταλήψεται. Ἀλλὰ τούτους μὲν τοὺς λόγους γραϊδίων μεθυόντων νομίσας εἷναι ληρήματα, τοῦ δὲ μεγέθους ὡς ἀψύχου καταφρονήσας, ἐκέλευσέ τινι πέλεκυν ἔχοντι παῖσαι προθύμως τὸν Σάραπιν: Ἐκείνου δὲ παίσαντος, ἐβόησαν μὲν ἄπαντες τὸ θρυλούμενον δείσαντες: ὁ δὲ Σάραπις δεξάμενος τὴν πληγὴν, οὕτε ἤλγησε, ξύλινος γὰρ ἦν, οὔτε φὡ??ʼὴν ἀφῆκεν, ἄψυχος ὤν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀφῃρέθη, μῦες ἀγεληδὸν ἐξέδραμον ἔνδοθεν: μυῶν γὰρ οἰκητήριον ἦν ὁ ʽ??ʼἰγυπτίων θεός. Εἰς μικρά δὲ αὐτὸν διελόντες, τὰ μὲν παρέδοσαν τῷ πυρὶ, τὴν δὲ κεφαλὴν διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ἄστεος ἔσυρον, τῶν προσκυνούντων ὁρώντων. καὶ τοῦ παῤ αὐτῶν προσκυνηθέντος τὴν ἀσθένειαν κωμῳδούντων. Οὕτω δὴ πανταχοῦ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης τὰ τῶν εἰδώλων κατελύθη τεμένη.

5.23 Of Flavianus bishop of Antioch and of the sedition which arose in the western Church on account of Paulinus

At Antioch the great Meletius had been succeeded by Flavianus who, together with Diodorus, had undergone great struggles for the salvation of the sheep. Paulinus had indeed desired to receive the bishopric, but he was withstood by the clergy on the ground that it was not right that Meletius at his death should be succeeded by one who did not share his opinions, and that to the care of the flock ought to be advanced he who was conspicuous for many toils, and had run the risk of many perils for the sheeps’ sake. Thus a lasting hostility arose among the Romans and the Egyptians against the East, and the ill feeling was not even destroyed on the death of Paulinus. After him when Evagrius had occupied his see, hostility was still shewn to the great Flavianus, notwithstanding the fact that the promotion of Evagrius was a violation of the law of the Church, for he had been promoted by Paulinus alone in disregard of many canons. For a dying bishop is not permitted to ordain another to take his place, and all the bishops of a province are ordered to be convened; again no ordination of a bishop is permitted to take place without three bishops. Nevertheless they refused to take cognizance of any of these laws, embraced the communion of Evagrius, and filled the ears of the emperor with complaints against Flavianus, so that, being frequently importuned, he summoned him to Constantinople, and ordered him to repair to Rome.

Flavianus, however, urged in reply that it was now winter, and promised to obey the command in spring. He then returned home. But when the bishops of Rome, not only the admirable Damasus, but also Siricius his successor and Anastasius the successor of Siricius, importuned the emperor more vehemently and represented that, while he put down the rivals against his own authority, he suffered bold rebels against the laws of Christ to maintain their usurped authority, then he sent for him again and tried to force him to undertake the journey to Rome. On this Flavianus in his great wisdom spoke very boldly, and said, “If, sir, there are some who accuse me of being unsound in the faith, or of life and conversation unworthy of the priesthood, I will accept my accusers themselves for judges, and will submit to whatever sentence they may give. But if they are contending about see and primacy I will not contest the point; I will not oppose those who wish to take them; I will give way and resign my bishopric. So, sir, give the episcopal throne of Antioch to whom you will.”

The emperor admired his manliness and wisdom, and bade him go home again, and tend the church committed to his care.

After a considerable time had elapsed the emperor arrived at Rome, and once more encountered the charges advanced by the bishops on the ground that he was making no attempt to put down the tyranny of Flavianus. The emperor ordered them to set forth the nature of the tyranny, saying that he himself was Flavianus and had become his protector. The bishops rejoined that it was impossible for them to dispute with the emperor. He then exhorted them in future to join the churches in concord, put an end to the quarrel, and quench the fires of an useless controversy. Paulinus, he pointed out, had long since departed this life; Evagrius had been irregularly promoted; the eastern churches accepted Flavianus as their bishop. Not only the east but all Asia, Pontus, and Thrace were united in communion with him, and all Illyricum recognised his authority over the oriental bishops. In submission to these counsels the western bishops promised to bring their hostility to a close and to receive the envoys who should be sent them.

When Flavianus had been informed of this decision he despatched to Rome certain worthy bishops with presbyters and deacons of Antioch, giving the chief authority among them to Acacius bishop of Berœa, who was famous throughout the world. On the arrival of Acacius and his party at Rome they put an end to the protracted quarrel, and after a war of seventeen years gave peace to the churches. When the Egyptians were informed of the reconciliation they too gave up their opposition, and gladly accepted the agreement which was made.

At that time Anastasius had been succeeded in the primacy of the Roman Church by Innocent, a man of prudence and ready wit. Theophilus, whom I have previously mentioned, held the see of Alexandria.

Περὶ Φλαβιανοῦ τοῦ Ἀντιοχείας ἐπισκόπου, καὶ τῆς διὰ Παυλῖνον γεγενημένης τοῖς Δυτικοῖς στάσεως.

Ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ δὲ Μελετίου τοῦ μεγάλου τὴν προεδρίαν Φλαβιανὸς διεδέξατο, ὁ σὺν Διοδώρῳ τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐκείνους ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν προβάτων σωτηρίας ὑπομείνας ἀγῶνας. Ἐβουλήθη μὲν γὰρ ὁ Παυλῖνος τὴν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἡγεμονίαν λαβεῖν: ὁ δὲ τῶν ἱερέων ἀντεῖπε χορὸς, οὐ χρῆναι λέγων τὸν Μελετίου τὰς συμβουλὰς μὴ δεξάμενον, μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνου τελευτὴν τὸν ἐκείνου θρόνον λαβεῖν: ἀλλὰ τὸν πολλοῖς λαμπρυνόμενον πόνοις, καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον τῶν προβάτων προκινδυνεύσαντα, προσήκειν γενέσθαι ποιμένα.

Τοῦτο δὲ Ῥωμαίοις καὶ Αἰγυπτίοις δυσμένειαν πρὸς τὴν Ἑῴαν μακροτάτην εἰργάσατο Οὐδὲ γὰρ τῷ Παυλίνου θανάτῳ συγκατελύθη τὸ ἔχθος: ἀλλὰ καὶ μετ’ ἐκεῖνον, Εὐαγρίου τὸν ἐκείνου παρειληφότος θρόνον, διέμειναν τῷ μεγάλῳ Φλαβιανῷ χαλεπαίνοντες, καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ Εὐαγρίου παρὰ τὸν ἐκκλησιαστικὸν προβεβλημένου θεσμόν. Μόνος γὰρ αὐτὸν ὁ Παυλῖνος προὐβάλετο, πολλοὺς κανόνας κατὰ ταυτὸν παραβάς.

Οὕτε γὰρ ἀνθ̓ ἑαυτοῦ τῷ τελευτῶντι χειροτονεῖν ἐπιτρέπουσι, καὶ πάντας συγκαλεῖσθαι τῆς ἐπαρχίας τοὺς ἐπισκόπους κελεύουσι: καὶ αὗ πάλιν δίχα τριῶν ἐπισκόπων ἐπισκόπῳ χειροτονίαν ἀπαγορεύουσι γίνεσθαι. Ἀλλ’ ὅμως τούτων οὐδὲν εἰδέναι θελήσαντες, τὴν Εὐαγρίου μὲν κοινωνίαν ἠσπάζοντο, κατὰ Φλαβιανοῦ δὲ τὰς βασιλικὰς ἐκίνησαν ἀκοάς. Ἐνοχληθεὶς γὰρ πολλάκις, ἤγαγέ τε αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν, καὶ καταλαβεῖν τὴν Ῥώμην ἐκέλευσεν. Ὁ δὲ Φλαβιανὸς, χειμῶνά τε εἶναι φήσας, καὶ ὑποσχόμενος τοῦ ἔαρος ὑπολάμποντος τὸ προστεταγμένον πληρώσειν, ἐπανῆκεν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ τῆς Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοποι, οὐ μόνον ὁ θαυμάσιος Δάμασος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ μετ’ ἐκεῖνον Σιρίκιος, καὶ Ἀναστάσιος ὁ Σιρικίου διάδοχος, σφοδρότερον τοῦ βασιλέως καθήψαντο, τοὺς μὲν οἰκείους αὐτὸν φήσαντες καταλύειν τυράννους, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ τῶν Χριστοῦ νόμων θρασυνομένους ἐπὶ τῆς τυραννίδος ἐᾷν, πάλιν αὐτὸν μεταπεμψάμενος ἀπαίρειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἠνάγκαζε. Τότε Φλαβιανὸς ὁ σοφώτατος, τῇ ἀξιεπαίνῳ παῤῥησίᾳ χρησάμενος, ἔφη: Εἰ μὲν τῆς πίστεως, ὦ βασιλεῦ, τῆς ἐμῆς ὡς οὐκ ὀρθῆς κατηγοροῦσί τινες, ἢ τὸν βίον φασὶν ἱερωσύνης ἀνάξιον, καὶ αὐτοῖς χρήσομαι τοῖς κατηγόροις κριταῖς, καὶ τὴν παῤ ἐκείνων ἐκφερομένην ὑποίσω ψῆφον. Εἰ δὲ περὶ θρόνου καὶ προεδρίας ζυγομαχοῦσιν, οὔτε δικάσομαι, οὔτε τοῖς λαβεῖν βουλομένοις ἀντιμαχέσομαι, ἀλλ’ ἐκστήσομαι, καὶ τῆς προεδρίας ἀφέξομαι. Τοιγάρτοι δὸς ᾧ βούλει τὸν Ἀντιοχέων θρόνον, ὦ βασιλεῦ. Ταύτην αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀνδρείαν καὶ τὴν σοφίαν θαυμάσας ὁ βασιλεὺς, τὴν ἐνεγκοῦσαν καταλαβεῖν, καὶ τὴν ἐγχειρισθεῖσαν ποιμαίνειν Ἐκκλησίαν ἐκέλευσε. Χρόνου δὲ συχνοῦ διελθόντος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀφικόμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς τὰς αὐτὰς πάλιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπισκόπων κατηγορίας ὑπέμενεν, ὡς τὴν Φλαβιανοῦ τυραννίδα μὴ καταλύων. Ὁ δὲ λέγειν αὐτοὺς ἐκέλευσε τῆς τυραννίδος τὸ εἶδος, αὐτὸς εἶναι Φλαβιανὸς λέγων, καὶ ἐκείνου σύνδικος γεγενῆσθαι. Ἐκείνων δὲ λεγόντων ὡς οὐ δύνανται δικάσασθαι βασιλεῖ, παρῄνεσε λοιπὸν ὁμονοίᾳ τὰς Ἐκκλησίας συνάψαι, καὶ διαλῦσαι τὴν ἔριν, καὶ τὴν ἀνόνητον σβέσαι φιλονεικίαν. Παυλῖνός τε γὰρ ἐτελεύτησε πάλαι, καὶ Εὐάγριος οὐκ ἐννόμως προβέβληται: καὶ τῆς Ἑῴας αἱ Ἐκκλησίαι τῆς Φλαβιανοῦ προεδρίας ἀντέχονται, πρὸς δὲ τῇ Ἑῴᾳ, καὶ τὴν Ἀσιανὴν ἅπασαν, καὶ τὴν Ποντικὴν, καὶ μέντοι καὶ τὴν Θρᾳκικὴν κοινωνούσας ἔχει καὶ συνημμένας, καὶ τὸ Ἰλλυρικὸν δὲ ἅπαν ἐκεῖνον οἶδε τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀνατολὴν ἐπισκόπων ἡγούμενον. Ταύταις εἴξαντες ταῖς παραινέσεσιν οἱ τῆς Ἑσπέρας ἐπίσκοποι, καταλύσειν ὑπέσχοντο τὴν δυσμένειαν, καὶ τοὺς πεμφθησομένους δέξασθαι πρεσβευτάς.

Τοῦτο μαθὼν ὁ θεῖος Φλαβιανὸς, ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, καὶ τῶν ἀξιεπαίνων ἐπισκόπων τινὰς, καὶ τῶν Ἀντιοχείας πρεσβυτέρων καὶ διακόνων: ἡγεῖτο δὲ πάντων Ἀκάκιος, ὁ Βεροίας μὲν τῆς ἐν Συρίᾳ πόλεως ποιμαίνειν λαχὼν, πανταχοῦ δὲ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης ᾀδόμενος. Οὗτος σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀφικόμενος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, τὴν μακρὰν καταλύσας δυσμένειαν, δἰ ἑπτακαίδεκα ἐτῶν ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις ἐπρυτάνευσε τὴν εἰρήνην. Τοῦτο δὲ γνόντες Αἰγύπτιοι, τὴν ἀπέχθειαν σβέσαντες ἠσπάσαντο τὴν ὁμόνοιαν. Ἡγεῖτο δὲ τηνικαῦτα τῆς μὲν Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίας Ἰνοκέντιος διαδεξάμενος Ἀναστάσιον, ἀνὴρ ἀγχινοίᾳ καὶ συνέσει κοσμούμενος: τῆς δὲ Ἀλεξανδρέων Θεόφιλος, οὗ καὶ πρόσθεν ἐμνήσθην.

5.24 Of the tyranny of Eugenius and the victory won through faith by the Emperor Theodosius

In this manner the peace of the churches was secured by the most religious emperor. Before the establishment of peace he had heard of the death of Valentinianus and of the usurpation of Eugenius and had marched for Europe.

At this time there lived in Egypt a man of the name of John, who had embraced the ascetic life. Being full of spiritual grace, he foretold many future events to persons who from time to time came to consult him. To him the Christ-loving emperor sent, in his anxiety to know whether he ought to make war against the tyrants. In the case of the former war he foretold a bloodless victory. In that of the second he predicted that the emperor would only win after a great slaughter. With this expectation the emperor set out, and, while drawing up his forces, shot down many of his opponents, but lost many of his barbarian allies.

When his generals represented that the forces on their side were few and recommended him to allow some pause in the campaign, so as to muster an army at the beginning of spring and out-number the enemy, Theodosius refused to listen to their advice. “For it is wrong,” said he, “to charge the Cross of Salvation with such infirmity, for it is the cross which leads our troops, and attribute such power to the image of Hercules which is at the head of the forces of our foe.” Thus in right faith he spoke, though the men left him were few in number and much discouraged. Then when he had found a little oratory, on the top of the hill where his camp was pitched, he spent the whole night in prayer to the God of all.

About cock-crow sleep overcame him, and as he lay upon the ground he thought he saw two men in white raiment riding upon white horses, who bade him be of good cheer, drive away his fear, and at dawn arm and marshal his men for battle. “For,” said they, “we have been sent to fight for you,” and one said, “I am John the evangelist,” and the other, “I am Philip the apostle.”

After he had seen this vision the emperor ceased not his supplication, but pursued it with still greater eagerness. The vision was also seen by a soldier in the ranks who reported it to his centurion. The centurion brought him to the tribune, and the tribune to the general. The general supposed that he was relating something new, and reported the story to the emperor. Then said Theodosius, “Not for my sake has this vision been seen by this man, for I have put my trust in them that promised me the victory. But that none may have supposed me to have invented this vision, because of my eagerness for the battle, the protector of my empire has given the information to this man too, that he may bear witness to the truth of what I say when I tell you that first to me did our Lord vouchsafe this vision. Let us then fling aside our fear. Let us follow our front rank and our generals. Let none weigh the chance of victory by the number of the men engaged, but let every man bethink him of the power of the leaders.”

He spoke in similar terms to his men, and after thus inspiring all his host with high hope, led them down from the crest of the hill. The tyrant saw the army coming to attack him from a distance, and then armed his forces and drew them up for battle. He himself remained on some elevated ground, and said that the emperor was desirous of death, and was coming into battle because he wished to be released from this present life: so he ordered his generals to bring him alive and in chains. When the forces were drawn up in battle array those of the enemy appeared by far the more numerous, and the tale of the emperor’s troops might be easily told. But when both sides had begun to discharge their weapons the front rank proved their promises true. A violent wind blew right in the faces of the foe, and diverted their arrows and javelins and spears, so that no missile was of any use to them, and neither trooper nor archer nor spearman was able to inflict any damage upon the emperor’s army. Vast clouds of dust, too, were carried into their faces, compelling them to shut their eyes and protect them from attack. The imperial forces on the other hand did not receive the slightest injury from the storm, and vigorously attacked and slew the foe. The vanquished then recognised the divine help given to their conquerors, flung away their arms, and begged the emperor for quarter. Theodosius then yielded to their entreaty and had compassion on them, and ordered them to bring the tyrant immediately before him. Eugenius was ignorant of how the day had gone, and when he saw his men running up the hillock where he sat, all out of breath, and shewing their eagerness by their panting, he took them for messengers of victory, and asked if they had brought Theodosius in chains, as he had ordered. “No,” said they, “we are not bringing him to you, but we are come to carry you off to him, for so the great Ruler has ordained.” Even as they spoke they lifted him from his chariot, put chains upon him, and carried him off thus fettered, and led away the vain boaster of a short hour ago, now a prisoner of war.

The emperor reminded him of the wrongs he had done Valentinianus, of his usurped authority, and of the wars which he had waged against the rightful emperor. He ridiculed also the figure of Hercules and the foolish confidence it had inspired and at last pronounced the sentence of right and lawful punishment.

Such was Theodosius in peace and in war, ever asking and never refused the help of God.

Περὶ τῆς Εὐγενίου τυραννίδος, καὶ τῆς Θεοδοσίου τοῦ βασιλέως διὰ πίστεως νίκης.

Τὴν μὲν οὖν τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν εἰρήνην τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ὁ πιστότατος ἐπρυτάνευσε βασιλεύς. Πρὸ δέ γε τῆς γεγενημένης εἰρήνης, τήν τε Βαλεντινιανοῦ τελευτὴν καὶ τὴν Εὐγενίου τυραννίδα μαθὼν, εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην ἐστράτευσε. Κατ’ ἐκεῖνον δὲ τὸν χρόνον ἦν τις Ἰωάννης ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, τὴν ἀσκητικὴν ἀσπαζόμενος πολιτείαν. Οὗτος πνευματικῆς μεταλαχὼν χάριτος, πολλὰ τοῖς πυνθανομένοις προὔλεγε τῶν ἐσομένων.

Πρὸς τοῦτον ὁ φιλόχριστος ἀπέστειλε βασιλεὺς, εἰ πολεμητέον τοῖς τυράννοις μαθεῖν ἐφιέμενος.

Καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου τὴν ἀναιμωτὶ προηγόρευσε νίκην: ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ δευτέρου μετὰ πολὺν φόνον νικήσειν τὸν βασιλέα προείρηκε. Μετὰ τοιαύτης ἐλπίδος στρατεύσας ὁ βασιλεὺς, πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν ἐναντίων παραταττόμενος κατηκόντισε. πολλοὺς δὲ τῶν ἐπικουρούντων αὐτῷ βαρβάρων ἀπέβαλε. Τῶν δὲ στρατηγῶν ὀλίγους εἶναι τοὺς συμπαραταττομένους φησάντων. καὶ ἀνακωχήν τινα δοῦναι τῷ πολέμῳ συμβουλευσάντων, ὥστε τοῦ ἦρος ἀρχομένου στρατιὰν συναγεῖραι, καὶ τῷ πλήθει περιγενέσθαι τῶν δυσμενῶν, οὐκ ἐδέξατο τὴν εἰσήγησιν ὁ πιστότατος βασιλεύς. Οὐ γὰρ ἔφη χρῆναι τοσαύτην μὲν ἀσθένειαν τοῦ σωτηρίου κατηγορῆσαι σταυροῦ, τοσαύτην δὲ προσμαρτυρῆσαι δύναμιν τῇ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους εἰκόνι: ταύτης μὲν γὰρ ὁ σταυρὸς ἡγεῖται τῆς στρατιᾶς, τῆς δὲ τῶν ἀντιπάλων ἐκείνη. Τούτων οὕτως πιστῶς εἰρημένων, καὶ τῆς ὑπολειφθείσης στρατιᾶς ὀλίγης τε οὔσης, καὶ λίαν ἀθυμούσης, εὑρὼν οἰκίσκον εὐκτήριον ἐν τῇ τοῦ ὅρους ἀκρωνυχίᾳ, ἐν ᾧ τὸ στρατόπεδον ἦν, πάννυχος διετέλεσε τὸν τῶν ὅλων Δεσπότην ἀντιβολῶν. Περὶ δὲ ἀλεκτρυόνων ᾠδὰς, ἐνίκησε μὲν ὁ ὕπνος τὴν γνώμην: ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ δαπέδου κείμενος, ὁρᾷν ἐδόκει δύο τινὰς λευχειμονοῦντας ἄνδρας ὲφ̓ ἵππων ὀχουμένους λευκῶν, οἳ θαῤῥεῖν τε ἐκέλευον καὶ τὸ δέος ἐξελάσαι. καὶ ὑπὸ τὴν ἕω καθοπλίσαι καὶ τάξαι τὴν στρατιὰν εἰς παράταξιν: ἐπίκουροι γὰρ ἔλεγον ἀπεστάλθαι καὶ πρόμαχοι: καὶ ὁ μὲν Ἰωάννην ἑαυτὸν ἔλεγεν εἶναι τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν, ὁ δὲ Φίλιππον τὸν ἀπόστολον.

Ταύτην ἰδὼν τὴν ὄψιν ὁ βασιλεὺς, οὐκ ἔληξε τῆς ἱκετείας: ἀλλὰ μετὰ πλείονος ταύτην προθυμίας προσέφερε. Τοῦτο καὶ στρατιώτης τις θεασάμενος δεδήλωκε τῷ λοχαγῷ: ἐκεῖνος δὲ τοῦτον πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον ἤγαγεν: ὁ δὲ χιλίαρχος ἀπήγαγε τῷ στρατηγῷ. Ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς καινόν τι μηνύειν ὑπολαβὼν, ἀπήγγειλε ταῦτα τῷ βασιλεῖ. Ὁ δέ: Οὐκ ἐμοῦ ἕνεκα, ἔφη, ταῦτα οὗτος τεθέαται: ἐγὼ γὰρ τοῖς τὴν νίκην ὑποσχομένοις πεπίστευκα: ἀλλὰ ἵνα μή τις ὑπολάβῃ με ὡς τῆς παρατάξεως ὀριγνώμενον πλάσαι τὴν ὄψιν, καὶ τούτῳ ταῦτα μεμήνυκεν ὁ τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας ἐπίκουρος, ἴνα μάρτυς ἀξιόχρεως γένηται τῆς ἐμῆς διηγήσεως: πρώτῳ γὰρ ἐμοὶ ταύτην ὁ κοινὸς Δεσπότης τὴν ὄψιν ὑπέδειξεν. Ἀποσκευασάμενοι δὴ οὗν τὸ δέος, τοῖς προμάχοις καὶ πολεμάρχοις ἑπώμεθα: καὶ μηδεὶς τῷ πλήθει τῶν πολεμούντων σταθμάσθω τὴν νίκην, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἡγουμένων λογιζέσθω ἕκαστος τὴν δύναμιν. Ταῦτα καὶ ταῖς στρατιώταις εἰπὼν, καὶ ταύτῃ ἅπαντας προθυμίας ἐμπλήσας, ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ὄρους κατήγαγε κορυφῆς. Ὁ δὲ τύραννος, πόῤῥωθεν ἰδὼν τοὺς στρατιώτας πολεμήσοντας, καθώπλισε τὴν στρατιὰν, καὶ εἰς παράταξιν ἔταξεν. Αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπί τινος γεωλόφου μείνας, θανατᾷν τε ἔφη τὸν βασιλέα, καὶ τῆς παρούσης ἀπαλλαξείοντα βιοτῆς παρατάττεσθαι. καὶ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἐκέλευσε ζῶντα τοῦτον καὶ πεπεδημένον προσαγαγεῖν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ αἱ φάλαγγες ἔστησαν, πολλαπλάσιον μὲν ἦν τῶν πολεμίων τὸ πλῆθος, εὐαρίθμητον δὲ κομιδῇ τὸ τῷ βασιλεῖ συντεταγμένον.

Ἀρξαμένων δὲ καὶ τούτων κἀκείνων ἀφιέναι τὰ βέλη ἔδειξαν ἀληθεῖς τὰς ὑποσχέσεις οἱ πρόμαχοι. Πνεῦμα γὰρ βίαιον ἀντιπρόσωπον τῶν πολεμίων φερόμενον, τοὺς μὲν ἐκείνων ὀϊστοῦς ἀπέστρεφε καὶ τὰ πελτὰ, καὶ τὰ δόρατα, καὶ πᾶν βέλος αὐτοῖς ἄχρηστον ἦν. καὶ οὔτε ὁπλίτης, οὔτε τοξότης, οὔτε πελταστὴς πημαίνειν τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως ἠδύνατο στρατιάν. Καὶ μέντοι καὶ κόνις ὅτι μάλιστα πλείστη κατὰ τῶν προσώπων φερομένη, μύειν τὰ βλέφαρα, καὶ ταῖς κόραις ἐπαμύνειν πολεμουμέναις ἠνάγκαζεν. Οἱ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως στρατιῶται λώβην οὐδὲ μίαν ἐκ τῆς καταιγῖδος ἐκείνης δεξάμενοι, θαῤῥαλέως τοὺς πολεμίους κατέκτεινον. Οἱ δὲ ταῦτα ὁρῶντες, καὶ τὴν θείαν ἐπιγνόντες ἐπικουρίαν, τὰ ὅπλα ῥίψαντες, φειδοῦς παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως τυχεῖν ἠντιβόλησαν. Ὁ δὲ καὶ εἶξε, καὶ οἴκτου μετέδωκεν, ἀγαγεῖν δὲ αὐτοὺς τὸν τύραννον κατὰ τάχος ἐκέλευσεν.

Οἱ δὲ θέοντες ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸν λόφον, οὗ καθήμενος ἐκεῖνος ἠγνόει τὰ δρώμενα. Ὁ δὲ πνευστιῶντας ἰδὼν, καὶ τῷ ἄσθματι μηνύοντας τὴν σπουδὴν, νίκης ἀγγέλους ὑπέλαβε, καὶ ἤρετο εἰ καὶ Θεοδόσιον πεπεδημένον, ὡς προσετάχθησαν, ἤγαγον. Οἱ δέ: Οὐκ ἐκεῖνον, ἔφησαν, σοὶ προσάγομεν, ἀλλὰ σὲ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἀπάγομεν. Τοῦτο γὰρ ὁ τοῦ παντὸς προσέταξε Πρύτανις. Ταῦτα λέγοντες, ἐξανέστησάν τε ἐκ τοῦ δίφρου, καὶ τὰ δεσμὰ ἐπιθέντες πεπεδημένον ἀπήγαγον, καὶ προσήγαγον δορυάλωτον τὸν πρὸ βραχέως μεγαλαυχούμενον. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς τῶν τε εἰς Βαλεντινιανὸν πλημμεληθέντων ἀνέμνησε, καὶ τῆς παρανόμου τυραννίδος, καὶ τῶν κατὰ τῆς ἐννόμου βασιλείας πολέμων: ἐκωμῴδησέ τε καὶ τὴν Ἡρακλέους εἰκόνα, καὶ τὸ μάταιον δἰ ἐκείνην γενόμενον θάρσος. Καὶ τότε δικαίαν καὶ ἔννομον ἐξήνεγκε τῆς κατ’ αὐτοῦ τιμωρίας τὴν ψῆφον. Τοιοῦτος ἦν ἐκεῖνος καὶ ἐν εἰρήνῃ, καὶ ἐν πολέμῳ, ἀεὶ μὲν τὴν θείαν ἐπικουρίαν αἰτῶν, ἀεὶ δὲ ταύτης τυγχάνων.

5.25 Of the death of the Emperor Theodosius

After this victory Theodosius fell sick and divided his empire between his sons, assigning to the elder the sovereignty which he had wielded himself and to the younger the throne of Europe.

He charged both to hold fast to the true religion, “for by its means,” said he, “peace is preserved, war is stopped, foes are routed, trophies are set up and victory is proclaimed.” After giving this charge to his sons he died, leaving behind him imperishable fame.

His successors in the empire were also inheritors of his piety.

Περὶ τῆς Θεοδοσίου τοῦ βασιλέως τελευτῆς.

Μετὰ δὲ τήνδε τὴν νίκην ἀῤῥωστήσας, τοῖς υἱοῖς τὴν βασιλείαν διένειμε: καὶ τῷ μὲν πρεσβυτέρῳ τὴν οἰκείαν ἔδωκεν ἡγεμονίαν, τῷ νεωτέρῳ δὲ τῆς Εὐρώπης τὰ σκῆπτρα. Τὴν εὐσέβειαν δὲ τελείαν καὶ τοῦτον ἔχειν κἀκεῖνον παρῄνεσε. Διὰ ταύτης γὰρ, ἔφη, καὶ ἡ εἰρήνη φυλάττεται, καὶ πόλεμος καταλύεται, καὶ πολέμιοι τρέπονται, καὶ ἀνίστανται τρόπαια. καὶ νίκη βραβεύεται. Ἐκεῖνος μὲν ταῦτα τοῖς παισὶ παραινέσας ἐτελεύτησεν, ἀείμνηστον κλέος καταλιπών.

Οἱ δὲ τῆς βασιλείας διάδοχοι, καὶ τῆς εὐσεβείας ἐγένοντο κληρονόμοι.

5.26 Of Honorius the emperor and Telemachus the monk

Honorius, who inherited the empire of Europe, put a stop to the gladiatorial combats which had long been held at Rome. The occasion of his doing so arose from the following circumstance. A certain man of the name of Telemachus had embraced the ascetic life. He had set out from the East and for this reason had repaired to Rome. There, when the abominable spectacle was being exhibited, he went himself into the stadium, and, stepping down into the arena, endeavoured to stop the men who were wielding their weapons against one another. The spectators of the slaughter were indignant, and inspired by the mad fury of the demon who delights in those bloody deeds, stoned the peacemaker to death.

When the admirable emperor was informed of this he numbered Telemachus in the array of victorious martyrs, and put an end to that impious spectacle.

Περὶ Ὁνωρίου τοῦ βασιλέως. καὶ Τηλεμάχου μονάζοντος.

Ὁνώριος μὲν γὰρ, ὁ τῆς Εὐρώπης τὴν βασιλείαν δεξάμενος, τὰς ἐν Ῥώμῃ πάλαι γινομένας μονομαχίας κατέλυσεν, ἀφορμὴν τοιάνδε λαβών. Τηλέμαχός τις τὸν ἀσκητικὸν ἀσπαζόμενος βίον.

Οὗτος ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑῴας ἀπάρας, καὶ τούτου χάριν τὴν Ῥώμην καταλαβὼν, τῆς μυσαρᾶς ἐκείνης ἐπιτελουμένης θέας, εἰσελήλυθε καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς τὸ στάδιον, καὶ καταβὰς παύειν ἐπειρᾶτο τοὺς κατ’ ἀλλήλων κεχρημένους τοῖς ὅπλοις. Τῆς δὲ μιαιφονίας οἱ θεαταὶ χαλεπήναντες, καὶ τοῦ τοῖς αἵμασιν ἐκείνοις ἐπιτερπομένου δαίμονος εἰσδεξάμενοι τὴν βακχείαν. κατέλευσαν τῆς εἰρήνης τὸν πρύτανιν. Τοῦτο μαθὼν ὁ θαυμαστὸς βασιλεὺς, τὸν μὲν τοῖς νικηφόροις συνηρίθμησε μάρτυσι, τὴν δὲ πονηρὰν ἐκείνην ἔπαυσε θεωρίαν.

5.27 Of the piety of the emperor Arcadius and the ordination of John Chrysostom

On the death at Constantinople of Nectarius, bishop of that see, Arcadius, who had succeeded to the Eastern empire, summoned John, the great luminary of the world. He had heard that he was numbered in the ranks of the presbyterate, and now issued orders to the assembled bishops to confer on him divine grace, and appoint him shepherd of that mighty city.

This fact is alone sufficient to show the emperor’s care for divine things. At the same time the see of Antioch was held by Flavianus, and that of Laodicea by Elpidius, who had formerly been the comrade of the great Meletius, and had received the impress of his life and conversation more plainly than wax takes the impression of a seal ring.

He succeeded the great Pelagius; and the divine Marcellus was followed by the illustrious Agapetus whom I have already described as conspicuous for high ascetic virtue. In the time of the tempest of heresy, of Seleucia ad Taurum, Maximus, the companion of the great John, was bishop, and of Mopsuestia Theodorus, both illustrious teachers. Conspicuous, too, in wisdom and character was the holy Acacius, bishop of Berœa.

Leontius, a shining example of many virtues, tended the flock of the Galatians.

Περὶ τῆς Ἀρκαδίου τοῦ βασιλέως εὐσεβείας, καὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Χρυσοστύμου χειροτονίας.

Ἐν δὲ Κωνσταντινουπόλει, Νεκταρίου τελευτήσαντος, ὅς τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἐκείνην ἐποίμανεν, Ἀρκάδιος ὁ ταύτην ἰθύνειν τὴν βασιλείαν λαχὼν, μαθὼν Ἰωάννην τὸν μέγαν τῆς οἰκουμένης φωστῆρα ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τῷ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἐγκατειλέχθαι χορῷ, ἤγαγέ τε, καὶ τοῖς συνειλεγμένοις ἐπισκόποις αὑτὸν τῇ θείᾳ προσαγαγεῖν παρηγγύησε χάριτι, καὶ τῆς μεγίστης ἐκείνης πόλεως ἀποφῆναι ποιμένα. Ἱκανὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο μόνον δηλῶσαι τοῦ βασιλέως τὴν περὶ τὰ θεῖα σπουδήν. Κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, Ἀντιοχείας μὲν ὁ θεῖος ἡγεῖτο Φλαβιανὸς, Λαοδικείας δὲ Ἐλπίδιος, τοῦ μεγάλου Μελετίου γενόμενος σύσκηνος, καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου πολιτείαν ἐκμαξάμενος μᾶλλον ἢ κηρὸς τῶν δακτυλίων τοὺς τύπους. Οὗτος μὲν οὗν τὸν μέγαν Πελάγιον διεδέξατο: τὸν δὲ θεῖον Μάρκελλον Ἀγαπητὸς ὁ πανεύφημος, ὃν ἐν ταῖς ἀσκητικαῖς παλαίστραις διαπρέπειν ἔφην κατὰ τὸν τῆς αἱρετικῆς ζάλης καιρόν. Σελευκείας δὲ τῆς πρὸς τῷ Ταύρῳ Μάξιμος, Ἰωάννου τοῦ πάνυ συμφοιτητὴς. καὶ Θεόδωρος τῆς Μοψουεστίας: ἄμφω δὲ διδασκάλω ἤστην λαμπρώ. Διέλαμπε δὲ συνέσει τε καὶ βίῳ ὁ θεῖος Ἀκάκιος ἰθύνων τὴν Βέροιαν: Λεόντιος δὲ τὸ Γαλατῶν ἐποίμαινεν ἔθνος, πολλοῖς εἴδεσιν ἀρετῆς λαμπρυνόμενος.

5.28 Of John's boldness for God

When the great John had received the tiller of the Church, he boldly convicted certain wrong doers, made seasonable exhortations to the emperor and empress, and admonished the clergy to live according to the laws laid down. Transgressors against these laws he forbade to approach the churches, urging that they who shewed no desire to live the life of true priests ought not to enjoy priestly honour. He acted with this care for the church not only in Constantinople, but throughout the whole of Thrace, which is divided into six provinces, and likewise of Asia, which is governed by eleven governors. Pontica too, which has a like number of rulers with Asia, was happily brought by him under the same discipline.

Περὶ τῆς κατὰ Θεὸν τούτου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου παῤῥησίας.

Ὁ δὲ μέγας Ἰωάννης τοὺς Ἐκκλησίας δεξάμενος οἴακας, τάς τε παρά τινων γινομένας ἀδικίας σὺν παῤῥησίᾳ διήλεγχε, καὶ βασιλεῖ καὶ βασιλίδι παρῄνει τὰ πρόσφορα, καὶ τοὺς ἱερέας ἠξίου κατὰ τοὺς κειμένους πολιτεύεσθαι νόμους: τοὺς δὲ τούτους παραβαίνειν τολμῶντας ἐπιβαίνειν τῶν ἀνακτόρων ἐκώλυεν. οὐ χρῆναι λέγων, τῆς μὲν τῶν ἱερέων ἀπολαύειν τιμῆς, τὴν δὲ τῶν ἀληθῶν ἱερέων μὴ ζηλοῦν βιοτήν. Καὶ ταύτην ἐποιεῖτο τὴν προμήθειαν, οὐ μόνον ἐκείνης τῆς πόλεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς Θρᾴκης ἁπάσης, εἰς ἔξ δὲ αὕτη ἡγεμονίας διῄρηται, καὶ τῆς Ἀσίας ὅλης, ὑπὸ ἕνδεκα δὲ καὶ αὕτη ἀρχόντων ἰθύνεται. Καὶ μέντοι καὶ τὴν Ποντικὴν τούτοις κατεκόσμει τοῖς νόμοις, ἰσαρίθμους δὲ καὶ αὕτη ἔχει τῆς Ἀσίας τοὺς ἡγουμένους.

5.29 Of the idol temples which were destroyed by John in Phœnicia

On receiving information that Phœnicia was still suffering from the madness of the demons’ rites, John got together certain monks who were fired with divine zeal, armed them with imperial edicts and despatched them against the idols’ shrines. The money which was required to pay the craftsmen and their assistants who were engaged in the work of destruction was not taken by John from imperial resources, but he persuaded certain wealthy and faithful women to make liberal contributions, pointing out to them how great would be the blessing their generosity would win.

Thus the remaining shrines of the demons were utterly destroyed.

Περὶ τῶν ἐν Φοινίκῃ δἰ αὐτοῦ καταλυθέντων εἰδωλικῶν νεῶν.

Μαθὼν δὲ τὴν Φοινίκην ἔτι περὶ τὰς τῶν δαιμόνων τελετὰς μεμηνέναι, ἀσκητὰς μὲν ζήλῳ θείῳ πυρπολουμένους συνέλεξε, νόμοις δὲ αὐτοὺς ὁπλίσας βασιλικοῖς, κατὰ τῶν εἰδωλικῶν ἐξέπεμψε τεμενῶν.

Τὰ δὲ τοῖς καταλύουσι τεχνίταις καὶ τοῖς τούτων ὑπουργοῖς χορηγούμενα χρήματα οὐκ ἐκ ταμιείων βασιλικῶν λαμβάνων ἀνήλισκεν, ἀλλὰ τὰς πλούτῳ κομώσας καὶ πίστει λαμπρυνομένας γυναῖκας φιλοτίμως ταῦτα παρέχειν ἀνέπειθε, τὴν ἐκ τῆς χορηγίας φυομένην εὐλογίαν δεικνύς. Τοὺς μὲν οὗν ὑπολειφθέντας τῶν δαιμόνων σηκοὺς τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἐκ βάθρων ἀνέσπασεν.

5.30 Of the church of the Goths

It was perceived by John that the Scythians were involved in the Arian net; he therefore devised counter contrivances and discovered a means of winning them over. Appointing presbyters and deacons and readers of the divine oracles who spoke the Scythian tongue, he assigned a church to them, and by their means won many from their error. He used frequently himself to visit it and preach there, using an interpreter who was skilled in both languages, and he got other good speakers to do the same. This was his constant practice in the city, and many of those who had been deceived he rescued by pointing out to them the truth of the apostolic preaching.

Περὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῶν Γότθων.

Ὁρῶν δὲ καὶ τὸν Σκυθικὸν ὅμιλον ὑπὸ τῆς Ἀρειανικῆς θηρευθέντα σαγήνης, ἀντεμηχανήσατο καὶ αὐτὸς, καὶ πόρον ἄγρας ἐξεῦρεν. Ὁμογλώττους γὰρ ἐκείνοις πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ διακόνους, καὶ τοὺς τὰ θεῖα ὑπαναγινώσκοντας λόγια προβαλλόμενος, μίαν τούτοις ἀπένειμεν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ διὰ τούτων πολλοὺς τῶν πλανωμένων ἐθήρευσεν. Αὐτός τε γὰρ τὰ πλεῖστα ἐκεῖσε φοιτῶν διελέγετο, ἑρμηνευτῇ χρώμενος τῷ ἑκατέραν γλῶσσαν ἐπισταμένῳ τινὶ. καὶ τοὺς λέγειν ἐπισταμένους τοῦτο παρεσκεύαζε δρᾷν. Ταῦτα μὲν οὗν ἔνδον ὲν τῇ πόλει διετέλει ποιῶν, καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν ἐξηπατημένων ἐζώγρει, τῶν ἀποστολικῶν κηρυγμάτων ἐπιδεικνὺς τὴν ἀλήθειαν.

5.31 Of his care for the Scythians and his zeal against the Marcionists

On learning that some of the Nomads encamped along the Danube were thirsty for salvation, but had none to bring them the stream, John sought out men who were filled with a love of labour like that which had distinguished the apostles, and gave them charge of the work. I have myself seen a letter written by him to Leontius, bishop of Ancyra, in which he described the conversion of the Scythians, and begged that fit men for their instruction might be sent.

On hearing that in our district some men were infected with the plague of Marcion he wrote to the then bishop charging him to drive out the plague, and proffering him the aid of the imperial edicts. I have said enough to show how, to use the words of the divine apostle, he carried in his heart “the care of all the churches.”

His boldness may also be learnt from other sources.

Περὶ τῆς εἰς Σκύθας ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γενομένης προνοίας, καὶ τοῦ κατὰ τῶν Μαρκιανιστῶν ζήλου.

Μαθὼν δέ τινας τῶν νομάδων παρὰ τὸν Ἴστρον ἐσκηνωμένους διψῇν μὲν τῆς σωτηρίας, ἐστερῆσθαι δὲ τοῦ τὸ νάμα προσφ̔??ʼροντος, ἐπεζήτησεν ἄνδρας τὴν ἀποστολικὴν φιλοπονίαν ἐζηλωκότας, καὶ τούτους ἐκείνοις ἐπέστησεν. Ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ γράμμασιν ἐντετύχηκα παῤ αὐτοῦ γραφεῖσι πρὸς Λεόντιον τὸν Ἀγκύρας ἐπίσκοπον, δἰ ὧν καὶ τῶν Σκυθῶν ἐδήλωσε τὴν μεταβολὴν, καὶ πεμφθῆναι ἁ̓́??ʼὸρας πρὸς τὴν τούτων ποδηγίαν ἐπιτηδείους ἠξίωσεν. Ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ δὲ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ τὴν Μαρκίωνος νόσον κώμαις τισὶν ἐπισκῆψαι μαθὼν, ἐπέστειλε τῷ τηνικαῦτα ποιμαίνοντι, καὶ προτρέπων ἐξελάσαι τὴν νόσον, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν βασιλικῶν νόμων ἐπικουρίαν ὀρέγων.

Ὅπως μὲν οὗν τὴν τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν μέριμναν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ περιέφερε, κατὰ τὸν θεῖον Ἀπόστολον, ἱκανὰ καὶ ταῦτα διδάξαι.

Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἑτέρωθεν αὐτοῦ τὴν παῤῥησίαν μαθεῖν.

5.32 Of the demand made by Gainas and of John Chrysostom's reply

One Gainas, a Scythian, but still more barbarous in character, and of cruel and violent disposition, was at that time a military commander. He had under him many of his own fellow-countrymen, and with them commanded the Roman cavalry and infantry. He was an object of terror not only to all the rest but even to the emperor himself, who suspected him of aiming at usurpation.

He was a participator in the Arian pest, and requested the emperor to grant him the use of one of the churches. Arcadius replied that he would see to it and have it done. He then sent for the divine John, told him of the request that had been made, reminded him of the power of Gainas, hinted at the usurpation which was being aimed at, and besought him to bridle the anger of the barbarian by this concession. “But,” said that noble man, “attempt, sir, no such promise, nor order what is holy to be given to the dogs. I will never suffer the worshippers and praisers of the Divine Word to be expelled and their church to be given to them that blaspheme Him. Have no fear, sir, of that barbarian; call us both, me and him, before you; listen in silence to what is said, and I will both curb his tongue and persuade him not to ask what it is wrong to grant.”

The emperor was delighted with what Chrysostom said, and on the next day summoned both the bishop and the general before him. Gainas began to request the fulfilment of the promise, but the great John said in reply that the emperor, who professed the true religion, had no right to venture on any act against it. Gainas rejoined that he also must have a place to pray in. “Why,” said the great John, “every church is open to you, and nobody prevents you from praying there when you are so disposed.” “But I,” said Gainas, “belong to another sect, and I ask to have one church with them, and surely I who undergo so many toils in war for Romans may fairly make such a request.” “But,” said the bishop, “you have greater rewards for your labours, you are a general; you are vested in the consular robe, and you must consider what you were formerly and what you are now—your indigence in the past and your present prosperity; what kind of raiment you wore before you crossed the Ister, and what you are robed in now. Consider, I say, the littleness of your labours and the greatness of your rewards, and be not unthankful to them who have shewn you honour.” With these words the teacher of the world silenced Gainas, and compelled him to stand dumb. In process of time, however, he made known the rebellion which he had long had at heart, gathered his forces in Thrace, and went out ravaging and plundering in very many directions. At news of this there arose an universal panic among both princes and subjects, and no one was found willing to march against him; no one thought it safe to approach him with an ambassage, for every one suspected his barbarous character.

Περὶ τῆς Γαϊνᾶ αἰτήσεως, καὶ τῆς ἀντιῤῥήσεως Ἰωάννου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου.

Γαϊνᾶς τις, Σκύθης μὲν τὸ γένος, βαρβαρικώτερος δὲ τὴν γνώμην, φρονήματι δὲ τυραννικῷ κεχρημένος, ἐστρατήγει κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον. πολλοὺς μὲν καὶ τῶν ὁμοφύλων ὑπηκόους ἔχων, ἄγων δὲ μετὰ τούτων καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων τήν τε ἱππικὴν καὶ πεζικὴν στρατιάν. Ἐπεφρίκεσαν δὲ αὐτὸν οὐ μόνον οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς, τὴν μελετωμένη ὑφορώμενος τυραννίδα.

Οὗτος τῆς Ἀρείου λώβης μεταλαχὼν, ἕνα αὐτῷ δοῦναι τῶν θείων σηκῶν ἐπήγγειλε τὸν βασιλέα.

Ὁ δὲ σκοπήσειν ἔφη, καὶ θεραπεύσειν ἐπηγγείλατο, καὶ τὸν θεῖον μεταπεμψάμενος Ἰωάννην, καὶ τὴν αἴτησιν εἶπε, καὶ τῆς δυναστείας ἀνέμνησε, καὶ τὴν μελετωμένην ὑπῃνίξατο τυραννίδα, καὶ παρεκάλει τῇ δόσει τὸν τοῦ βαρβάρου χαλινῶσαι θυμόν. Ὁ δὲ γενναῖος ἐκεῖνος ἀνήρ: Μὴ τοιαῦτα, ἔφη, ὦ βασιλεῦ, ὑπισχνοῦ, μηδὲ διδόναι παρακελεύου τὰ ἅγια τοῖς κυσίν. Οὐ γὰρ ἀνέξομαι, τοὺς μὲν τὸν Θεὸν Λόγον θεολογοῦντάς τε καὶ ὑμνοῦντας ἐξαγαγεῖν. τοῖς δὲ τοῦτον βλασφημοῦσιν ἐκδοῦναι τὸν θεῖον νεών. Καὶ μήτοι δείσῃς τὸν βάρβαρον ἐκεῖνον, ὦ βασιλεῦ, ἀλλὰ ἄμφω καλέσας. ἐμέ τε κἀκεῖνον, σὺ μὲν ἡσυχῆ τῶν λεγομένων ὑπάκουε, ἐγὼ δὲ ἐκείνου χαλινώσω τὴν γλῶτταν, καὶ πείσω ἥκιστα αἰτῆσαι ὃ μὴ δοῦναι συμφέρει. Τούτων ἀκούσας ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἥσθη τε καὶ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀμφοτέρους ἐκάλεσε.

Καὶ ὁ μὲν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν ἐζήτει: ὁ δὲ μέγας Ἰωάννης ἀντέλεγε φάσκων, οὐκ ἐξεῖναι βασιλεῖ τῶν θείων κατατολμᾷν εὐσεβεῖν γε προαιρουμένῳ. Ἐκείνου δὲ λέγοντος ὡς χρὴ καὶ αὐτὸν εὐκτήριον ἔχειν οἶκον: Ἅπας σοι, ἔφη ὁ μέγας Ἰωάννης, ὁ θεῖος οἶκος ἠνέῳκται, καὶ οὐδεὶς εἵργει προσεύξασθαι προθυμούμενον. — Ἀλλὰ ἐγὼ, ἔφη ὁ Γαϊνᾶς, ἐτέρας ὑπάρχω συμμορίας, καὶ σὺν ἐκείνοις ἔνα θεῖον οἶκον ἔχειν αἰτῶ, καὶ μάλα γε δικαίως αἰτῶ πολλοὺς ὑπὲρ Ῥωμαίων πολεμικοὺς ὑπομένων ἀγῶνας. — Ἀλλ’ ἔχεις, ἔφη, μείζους τῶν πόνων τὰς ἀντιδόσεις: στρατηγός τε γὰρ εἶ, καὶ τῆς ὑπατικῆς ἠξιώθης στολῆς, καὶ χρή σε σκοπῆσαι, τί μὲν ἦσθα πάλαι, τί δὲ γεγένησαι νῦν: καὶ τίς μὲν ἡ προτέρα πενία, τίς δ’ ἡ παροῦσα περιουσία: καὶ ὁποίοις μὲν ἐσθήμασιν ἐκέχρησο πρὶν διαβῆναι τὸν Ἴστρον, ποῖα δὲ νῦν περιβέβλησαι. Σκόπησον τοίνυν, ὡς ὀλίγοι οἱ πόνοι, μέγιστα δὲ τὰ γέρα, καὶ μὴ γίνου περὶ τοὺς τετιμηκότας ἀχάριστος.

Τοιοῖσδε χρώμενος λόγοις ὁ τῆς οἰκουμένης διδάσκαλος ἐπεστόμισε τὸν Γαϊνᾶν, καὶ σιγὴν ἔχειν ἠνάγκασε.

Χρόνου δὲ διελθόντος, τὴν πάλαι μελετηθεῖσαν ἐκεῖνος ἐγύμνωσε τ̔??ʼραννίδα, καὶ τὴν στρατιὰν ὲν τῇ Θρᾴκῃ συναγαγὼν, ἐληΐζετό τε καὶ ἐδῄου τὰ πλεῖστα. Ταῦτα μεμαθηκότες κατέπτηξαν ἅπαντες, καὶ ἄρχοντες, καὶ ἀρχόμενοι, καὶ οὔτε παρατάττεσθαί τις πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἐβούλετο, οὔτε πρεσβεύεσθαι ἀδεῶς ὑπελάμβανε: τὸ γὰρ τῆς γνώμης βάρβαρον ἕκαστος ὑφωρᾶτο.

5.33 Of the ambassage of Chrysostom to Gainas

Then when every one else was passed over because of the universal panic, this great chief was persuaded to undertake the ambassage. He took no heed of the dispute which has been related, nor of the ill feeling which it had engendered, and readily set out for Thrace. No sooner did Gainas hear of the arrival of the envoy than he bethought him of the bold utterance which he had made on behalf of true religion. He came eagerly from a great distance to meet him, placed his right hand upon his eyes, and brought his children to his saintly knees. So is it the nature of goodness to put even those who are most opposed to it to the blush and vanquish them. But envy could not endure the bright rays of his philosophy. It put in practice its wonted wiles and deprived of his eloquence and his wisdom the imperial city—aye indeed the whole world.

Περὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ πρὸς Γαῖνᾶν πρεσβείας.

Τότε τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας δεδιότας καταλιπόντες, τὸν μέγαν τοῦτον ἔπεισαν ἀριστέα τὴν πρεσβείαν ποιήσασθαι. Ὁ δὲ, οὔτε τὴν γεγενημένην ἀντίστασιν λογισάμενος, οὔτε τὴν ἐξ ἐκείνης φυεῖσαν διαφορὰν, προθύμως εἰς τὴν Θρᾴκην ἐξώρμησε.

Γνοὺς δὲ ἐκεῖνος τὸν πρεσβἑ??ʼτὴν, καὶ τὴν ὐπὲρ τῆς εὐσεβείας γεγενημένην ἐνθυμηθεὶς παῤῥησίαν, ὑπήντησέ τε προθύμως πόῤῥωθεν, καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου δεξιὰν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς περιτέθεικε, καὶ μέντοι καὶ τοὺς παῖδας τοῖς ἱεροῖς αὐτοῦ προσεκόμισε γόνασιν. Οὕτω πέφυκεν ἀρετὴ καταιδεῖν τε καὶ καταπλήττειν καὶ τοὺς ἄγαν δυσμενεστάτους.

Ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἤνεγκεν ὁ φθόνος τὰς τῆς ἐκείνου φιλοσοφίας μαρμαρυγάς: ἀλλὰ ταῖς οἰκείαις χρησάμενος μηχαναῖς, τὴν βασιλεύουσαν πόλιν, μᾶλλον δὲ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν, τῆς ἐκείνου γλώττης ἐστέρησε καὶ φρενός.

5.34 Of the events which happened on account of Chrysostom

At this part of my history I know not what sentiments to entertain; wishful as I am to relate the wrong inflicted on Chrysostom, I yet regard in other respects the high character of those who wronged him. I shall therefore do my best to conceal even their names. These persons had different reasons for their hostility, and were unwilling to contemplate his brilliant virtue. They found certain wretches who accused him, and, perceiving the openness of the calumny, held a meeting at a distance from the city and pronounced their sentence.

The emperor, who had confidence in the clergy, ordered him to be banished. So Chrysostom, without having heard the charges brought against him, or brought forward his defence, was forced as though convicted on the accusations advanced against him to quit Constantinople, and departed to Hieron at the mouth of the Euxine, for so the naval station is named.

In the night there was a great earthquake and the empress was struck with terror. Envoys were accordingly sent at daybreak to the banished bishop beseeching him to return without delay to Constantinople, and avert the peril from the town. After these another party was sent and yet again others after them and the Bosphorus was crowded with the couriers. When the faithful people learned what was going on they covered the mouth of the Propontis with their boats, and the whole population lighted up waxen torches and came forth to meet him. For the time indeed his banded foes were scattered.

But after the interval of a few months they endeavoured to enact punishment, not for the forged indictment, but for his taking part in divine service after his deposition. The bishop represented that he had not pleaded, that he had not heard the indictment, that he had made no defence, that he had been condemned in his absence, that he had been exiled by the emperor, and by the emperor again recalled. Then another Synod met, and his opponents did not ask for a trial, but persuaded the emperor that the sentence was lawful and right. Chrysostom was then not merely banished, but relegated to a petty and lonely town in Armenia of the name of Cucusus. Even from thence he was removed and deported to Pityus, a place at the extremity of the Euxine and on the marches of the Roman Empire, in the near neighbourhood of the wildest savages. But the loving Lord did not suffer the victorious athlete to be carried off to this islet, for when he had reached Comana he was removed to the life that knows nor age nor pain.

The body that had struggled so bravely was buried by the side of the coffin of the martyred Basiliscus, for so the martyr had ordained in a dream.

I think it needless to prolong my narrative by relating how many bishops were expelled from the church on Chrysostom’s account, and sent to live in the ends of the earth, or how many ascetic philosophers were involved in the same calamities, and all the more because I think it needful to curtail these hideous details, and to throw a veil over the ill deeds of men of the same faith as our own. Punishment however did fall on most of the guilty, and their sufferings were a means of good to the rest. This great wrong was regarded with special detestation by the bishops of Europe, who separated themselves from communion with the guilty parties. In this action they were joined by all the bishops of Illyria. In the East most of the cities shrank from participation in the wrong, but did not make a rent in the body of the church.

On the death of the great teacher of the world, the bishops of the West refused to embrace the communion of the bishops of Egypt, of the East, of the Bosphorus, and in Thrace, until the name of that holy man had been inserted among those of deceased bishops. Arsacius his immediate successor they declined to acknowledge, but Atticus the successor of Arsacius, after he had frequently solicited the boon of peace, was after a time received when he had inserted the name in the roll.

Περὶ τῶν διὰ τὸν Χρυσόστομον συμβεβηκότων.

Ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν τῷδε τῷ μέρει τῆς ἱστορίας γενόμενος, οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι πάθω. Διηγήσασθαι γὰρ τὴν κατὰ τούτου τολμηθεῖσαν ἀδικίαν βουλόμενος, τὴν ἄλλην ἀρετὴν τῶν ἠδικηκότων αἰσχύνομαι. Οὖ δὴ χάριν αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς προσηγορίας κατακρύψαι πειράσομαι.

Οὗτοι διαφόρους δυσμενείας ἐσχηκότες προφάσεις, τὴν μὲν ἀστράπτουσαν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἰδεῖν οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ἀρετήν: δυστήνους δέ τινας κατηγόρους εὑρόντες, καὶ τῆς συκοφαντίας τὸ προφανὲς θεώμενοι, πόῤῥω τοῦ ἄστεος ἐκάθισαν τὸ συνέδριον, καὶ τὴν ψῆφον ἐξήνεγκαν. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, ὡς ἱερεῦσι πιστεύσας, πόῤῥω αὐτὸν τοῦ ἄστεος γενέσθαι προσέταξεν.

Ὁ δὲ, μήτε τῆς κατηγορίας ἀκούσας, μήτε τὴν ἀπολογίαν προσενεγκὼν, ὡς ἐληλεγμένος ἐφ̓ οἶς ᾐτιάθη, τὴν πόλιν καταλιπεῖν ἠναγκάσθη, καὶ τὸ ὲν τῷ στόματι τοῦ Πόντου κείμενον κατέλαβεν Ἱερόν: οὕτω γὰρ ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἐπίνειον ὀνομάζουσι.

Σεισμοῦ δὲ μεγίστου νύκτωρ γενομένου, καὶ δείματος τὴν βασιλίδα κατεσχηκότος, πρέσβεις ὑπὸ τὴν ἕω πρὸς τὸν ἀπεληλαμένον ἀπεστάλησαν, ἀντιβολοῦντες ὡς τάχιστα τὸ ἄστυ καταλαβεῖν, καὶ στῆσαι τῇ πόλει τὸν κ̔??ʼνδυνον. Καὶ ἕτεροι δὲ μετ’ κείνους ἐπέμφθησαν, καὶ ἄλλοι μετὰ τούτους, καὶ πλήρης ὁ Βόσπορος τῶν πεμπομένων ἐγένετο. Ἐπεἱ??ʼὴ δὲ τοῦτο ὁ πιστότατος ἔγνω λεὼς, ἐκάλυψαν τοῖς πορθμείοις τῆς Προποντίδος τὸ στόμα. Ἅπαντες γὰρ ὑπήντησαν, τὰς ἐκ κηροῦ λαμπάδας προάπτοντες.

Τότε μέν οὖν τὸ τῶν δυσμενῶν διελύθη στίφος. Ὀλίγων δὲ διελθόντων μηνῶν, συνηθροίσθησαν αὗθις, καὶ δίκας εἰσέπραττον, οὐ τῶν ψευδῶν ἐκείνων γραφῶν, ἀλλὰ τῆς μετὰ τὴν καθαίρεσιν λειτουργίας. Ὁ δὲ ἔλεγε, μήτε δικάσασθαι, μήτε τῶν γραφῶν ἐπακοῦσαι, μήτε ἀπολογίαν ποιήσασθαι, μήτε μὴν κατακριθῆναι παρὼν, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ βασιλέως ἐξελαθῆναί τε καὶ αὖ πάλιν ἀνακληθῆναι.

Καὶ συνόδου συγκροτηθείσης ἑτέρας, οὐκ ἐδεήθησαν δίκης οἱ δυσμενεῖς: ἀλλὰ τὸν βασιλέα πείσαντες ἔννομον καὶ δικαίαν εἶναι τὴν ψῆφον, οὐ μόνον τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης ἐξήλασαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴς τινα πολίχνην σμικράν τε καὶ ἔρημον τῆς Ἀρμενίας ἐξέπεμψαν: Κουκουσὸς δὲ ὄνομα ταύτῃ: κἀκεῖθεν δὲ ἐξαγαγόντες, εἰς Πιτυοῦντα μετῴκισαν: τέρμα δὲ τοῦτο καὶ τοῦ Πόντου καὶ τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἡγεμονίας, τοῖς ὠμοτάτοις γειτονεῦον βαρβάροις. Ἀλλ’ ὁ φιλάνθρωπος οὐκ εἴασε Δεσπότης εἰς ἐκεῖνο τὸ νησύδριον ἀπαχθῆναι τὸν καλλίνικον ἀθλητήν. Εἰς γὰρ Κόμανα παραγενόμενον εἰς τὸν ἀγήρω καὶ ἄλυπον μετέθηκε βίον. Τὸ δέ γε καλῶς ἀγωνισάμενον σῶμα παρὰ τὴν θήκην ἀπετέθη Βασιλίσκου τοῦ μάρτυρος, τοῦτο δἰ ὀνείρατος προστεταχότος τοῦ μάρτυρος.

Ὁπόσοι μὲν οὗν τῶν ἐπισκόπων δἰ ἐκεῖνον τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ἐξηλάθησαν, καὶ αὐτὰς ᾤκησαν τἀς τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐσχατιὰς, ὁπόσοι δὲ καὶ τῶν τὴν ἀσκητικὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἠγαπηκότων τοῖς ἴσοις παθήμασι περιέπεσον, περιττὸν οἴμαι διηγεῖσθαι, καὶ μηκύνειν τὴν συγγραφήν. Ἄλλως τε καὶ χρῆναι νομίζω συστέλλειν τὰ σκυθρωπὰ, καὶ τῶν δεδρακότων ὁμοπ̔??ʼστων ὄντων συγκαλύπτειν τὰ πλημμελήματα. Ἔδοσαν μέντοι δίκας τῶν ἠδικηκότων οἱ πλεῖστοι, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις δἰ ὧν ἔπαθον τὴν ὠφέλειαν προσήνεγκαν.

Ταύτην ἐβδελύξαντο διαφερόντως τὴν ἀδικίαν οἱ τῆς Εὐρώπης ἐπίσκοποι: τῆς γὰρ τῶν δεδρακότων σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀπέκριναν κοινωνίας: καὶ Ἰλλυριοὶ δὲ πάντες τῆς μερίδος ἐκείνης ἐγένοντο. Τῶν δὲ πρὸς ἤλιον ἀνίσχοντα πόλεων οἱ πλεῖστοι, ἔφυγον μὲν τῆς ἀδικίας τὴν κοινωνίαν, τὸ δὲ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας οὐκ ἐμέρισαν σῶμα. Καὶ τελευτήσαντος δὲ τοῦ μεγάλου διδασκάλου τῆς οἰκουμένης, οὐ πρότερον οἱ τῆς Ἑσπέρας ἐπίσκοποι τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ τῇ Ἑῴᾳ, κ̔??ʼὶ τῶν ὲν τῷ Βοσπόρῳ, καὶ τῇ Θρᾴκῃ τὴν κοινωνίαν ἠσπάσαντο, ἕως ἐκείνου τοῦ θεσπεσίου ἀνδρὸς τὁ??ʼνομα τοῖς τεθνεῶσιν ἐπισκόποις συνέταξαν. Καὶ Ἀρσάκιον μὲν, ὃς μετ’ ἐκεῖνον ἐγένετο, προσρήσεως οὐκ ἠξίωσαν: Ἀττικὸν δὲ, τὸν Ἀρσακίου διάδοχον, πολλάκις. δὲ τῆς εἰρήνης τυχεῖν ἀξιώσαντα. χρόνῳ ὕστερον ἐδέξαντο, τὴν προσηγορίαν ἐγγράψαντα.

5.35 Of Alexander, bishop of Antioch

At this time the see of Alexandria was held by Cyril, brother’s son to Theophilus whom he succeeded; at the same time Jerusalem was occupied by John in succession to Cyril whom we have formerly mentioned. The Antiochenes were under the care of Alexander whose life and conversation were of a piece with his episcopate. Before his consecration he passed his time in ascetic training and in hard bodily exercise. He was known as a noble champion, teaching by word and confirming the word by deed. His predecessor was Porphyrius who guided that church after Flavianus, and left behind him many memorials of his loving character. He was also distinguished by intellectual power. The holy Alexander was specially rich in self discipline and philosophy; his life was one of poverty and self denial; his eloquence was copious and his other gifts were innumerable; by his advice and exhortation, the following of the great Eustathius which Paulinus, and after him Evagrius, had not permitted to be restored, was united to the rest of the body, and a festival was celebrated the like of which none had ever seen before. The bishop gathered all the faithful together, both clergy and laity, and marched with them to the assembly. The procession was accompanied by musicians; one hymn was sung by all in harmony, and thus he and his company went in procession from the western postern to the great church, filling the whole forum with people, and constituting a stream of thinking living beings like the Orontes in its course.

When this was seen by the Jews, by the victims of the Arian plague, and by the insignificant remnant of Pagans, they set up a groaning and wailing, and were distressed at seeing the rest of the rivers discharging their waters into the Church. By Alexander the name of the great John was first inscribed in the records of the Church.

Περὶ Ἀλεξάνδρου ἐπισκόπου Ἀντιοχείας.

Κατὰ τοῦτον δὲ τὸν χρόνον Ἀλεξανδρείας μὲν Κύριλλος ἐπίσκοπος ἦν, θεοφίλου μὲν ἀδελφιδοῦς, τοῦ δὲ θείου τὴν προεδρίαν λαχών: τῆς δὲ Ἱεροσολύμων Ἐκκλησίας Ἰωάννης εἶχε τὴν προεδρίαν, ἀνὴρ ἀξιάγαστος, Κύριλλον διαδεξάμενος, οὖ καὶ πρόσθεν ἐμνήσθημεν. Τὴν δὲ Ἀντιοχέων Ἀλέξανδρος ἐποίμαινε, συμβαίνουσαν ἔχων τῇ ἀρχιερωσύνῃ τὴν πολιτείαν. Ἐν ἀσκητικῇ γὰρ παλαίστρᾳ τὸν πρὸ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς διατελέσας χρόνον, καὶ γυμνασάμενος ἐπιπλεῖστον, ὤφθη γενναῖος ἀγωνιστὴς, καὶ λόγῳ παιδεύων, καὶ βεβαιῶν τῷ βίῳ τὸν λόγον. Οὗτος Πορφύριον διεδέξατο. ὃς μετὰ Φλαβιανὸν τοὺς οἴακας ἐκείνους παραλαβὼν, πολλὰ μνημεῖα φιλανθρωπίας κατέλιπεν. Ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὖν τῇ πυκνότητι διέπρεπε τῶν φρενῶν. Ὁ δὲ θεῖος Ἀλέξανδρος ἀσκήσει καὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ, καὶ ἀκτήμονι βίῳ, καὶ τῷ ῥεύματι τῆς γλώττης, καὶ μυρίοις ἑτέροις ἐπλεονέκτει χαρίσμασιν.

Οὗτος καὶ τὴν Εὐσταθίου τοῦ μεγάλου συμμορίαν, ἢν πάλαι συναφθῆναι Παυλῖνος οὐκ εἴασε, καὶ μετ’ ἐκεῖνον Εὐάγριος, πειθοῖ καὶ παρακλήσει χρώμενος, τῷ λοιπῷ συνήρμοσε σώματι, καὶ ἐσχεδίασεν ἑορτὴν, ᾖ παραπλησίαν οὐδεὶς ἐθεάσατο πώποτε.

Πάντας γὰρ τοὺς ὁμοπίστους παραλαβὼν, καὶ τοὺς ἱερωμένους, καὶ τοὺς πολλοὺς, ἀφίκετο πρὸς τὴν ὁμήγυριν: καὶ παραλαβὼν ψάλλοντας, καὶ μίαν ἁρμονίας ὑμνῳδίαν ὑφήνας, ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς ἐσπέραν τετραμμένης πυλίδος, μέχρι τοῦ μεγίστου νεὼ, πᾶσαν τὴν ἀγορὰν ἀνθρώπων ἐπλήρωσε, καὶ ποταμὸν ἔδειξε λογικὸν, τὸν παραῤῥέοντα μιμούμενον ποταμόν.

Ταῦτα δὲ ὁρῶντες καὶ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ οἱ τὴν Ἀρείου λώβην εἰσδεδεγμένοι, καὶ τὸ βραχύτατον τῶν Ἐλλήνων λείψανον, ἔστενον καὶ ὠλοφύροντο, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους θεώμενοι ποταμοὺς εἰς τὴν τῆς Ἐκκληείας ἐμβάλλοντας θάλασσαν ἀπωδύροντο. Οὗτος τὴν ειαστικοῖς διπτύχοις ἐνέταξε.

5.36 Of the removal of the remains of John and of the faith of Theodosius and his sisters

At a later time the actual remains of the great doctor were conveyed to the imperial city, and once again the faithful crowd turning the sea as it were into land by their close packed boats, covered the mouth of the Bosphorus towards the Propontis with their torches. The precious possession was brought into Constantinople by the present emperor, who received the name of his grandfather and preserved his piety undefiled. After first gazing upon the bier he laid his head against it, and prayed for his parents and for pardon on them who had ignorantly sinned, for his parents had long ago been dead, leaving him an orphan in extreme youth, but the God of his fathers and of his forefathers permitted him not to suffer trial from his orphanhood, but provided for his nurture in piety, protected his empire from the assaults of sedition, and bridled rebellious hearts. Ever mindful of these blessings he honours his benefactor with hymns of praise. Associated with him in this divine worship are his sisters, who have maintained virginity throughout their lives, thinking the study of the divine oracles the greatest delight, and reckoning that riches beyond robbers’ reach are to be found in ministering to the poor. The emperor himself was adorned by many graces, and not least by his kindness and clemency, an unruffled calm of soul and a faith as undefiled as it is notorious. Of this I will give an undeniable proof.

A certain ascetic somewhat rough of temper came to the emperor with a petition. He came several times without attaining his object, and at last excommunicated the emperor and left him under his ban. The faithful emperor returned to his palace, and as it was the time for the banquet, and his guests were assembled, he said that he could not partake of the entertainment before the interdict was taken off. On this account he sent the most intimate of his suite to the bishop, beseeching him to order the imposer of the interdict to remove it. The bishop replied that an interdict ought not to be accepted from every one, and pronounced it not binding, but the emperor refused to accept this remission until the imposer of it had after much difficulty been discovered, and had restored the communion withdrawn. So obedient was he to divine laws.

In accordance with the same principles he ordered a complete destruction of the remains of the idolatrous shrines, that our posterity might be saved from the sight of even a trace of the ancient error, this being the motive which he expressed in the edict published on the subject. Of this good seed sown he is ever reaping the fruits, for he has the Lord of all on his side. So when Rhoïlas, Prince of the Scythian Nomads, had crossed the Danube with a vast host and was ravaging and plundering Thrace, and was threatening to besiege the imperial city, and summarily seize it and deliver it to destruction, God smote him from on high with thunderbolt and storm, burning up the invader and destroying all his host. A similar providence was shewn, too, in the Persian war. The Persians received information that the Romans were occupied elsewhere, and so in violation of the treaty of Peace, marched against their neighbours, who found none to aid them under the attack, because, in reliance on the Peace, the emperor had despatched his generals and his men to other wars. Then the further march of the Persians was stayed by a very violent storm of rain and hail; their horses refused to advance; in twenty days they had not succeeded in advancing as many furlongs. Meanwhile the generals returned and mustered their troops.

In the former war, too, these same Persians, when besieging the emperor’s eponymous city, were providentially rendered ridiculous. For after Vararanes had beset the aforesaid city for more than thirty days with all his forces, and had brought up many helepoles, and employed innumerable engines, and built up lofty towers outside the wall, resistance was offered, and the assault of the attacking engines repelled, by the bishop Eunomius alone. Our men had refused to fight against the foe, and were shrinking from bringing aid to the besieged, when the bishop, by opposing himself to them, preserved the city from being taken. When one of the barbarian chieftains ventured on his wonted blasphemy, and with words like those of Rabshakeh and Sennacherib, madly threatened to burn the temple of God, the holy bishop could not endure his furious wrath, but himself commanded a balista, which went by the name of the Apostle Thomas, to be set up upon the battlements, and a mighty stone to be adjusted to it. Then, in the name of the Lord who had been blasphemed, he gave the word to let go,—down crashed the stone on that impious chief and hit him on his wicked mouth, and crushed in his face, and broke his head in pieces, and sprinkled his brains upon the ground. When the commander of the army who had hoped to take the city saw what was done, he confessed himself beaten and withdrew, and in his alarm made peace.

Thus the universal sovereign protects the faithful emperor, for he clearly acknowledges whose slave he is, and performs fitting service to his Master.

Περὶ τῆς τῶν λειψάνων Ἰωάννου ἀνακομιδῆς.

καὶ περὶ τῆς πίστεως Θεοδοσίου τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ.

Χρόνῳ μέντοι ὕστερον καὶ αὐτὰ τοῦ διδασκάλου τὰ λείψανα εἰς τὴν βασιλεύουσαν μετεκόμισαν πόλιν.

Καὶ πάλιν ὁ πιστὸς ὅμιλος, ὡς ἠπείρῳ τῷ πελάγει διὰ τῶν πορθμείων χρησάμενος, τοῦ Βοσπόρου τὸ πρὸς τῇ Προποντίδι στόμα ταῖς λαμπάσι κατέκρυψε.

Τοῦτον δὲ ἐκείνῃ τῇ πόλει τὸν θησαυρὸν ὁ νῦν βασιλεύων προσήνεγκεν, ὁ τοῦ πάππου καὶ τὴν προσηγορίαν λαχὼν, καὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν φυλάξας ἀκήρατον.

Οὗτος ἐπιθεὶς τῇ λάρνακι καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, καὶ τὸ μέτωπον, ἱκετείαν ὑπὲρ τῶν γεγεννηκότων προσήνεγκε, συγγνῶναι τοῖς ἐξ ἀγνοίας ἠδικηκόσιν ἀντιβολήσας.

Πάλαι μὲν γὰρ ἐτεθνήκεσαν οἱ τούτου γονεῖς, κομιδῇ νέον ἐν ὀρφανείᾳ καταλιπόντες. Ἀλλὰ πεῖραν αὐτὸν λαβεῖν τῆς ὀρφανείας οὐκ εἴασεν ὁ τῶν πατέρων καὶ τῶν προγόνων Θεός. Τροφῆς τε γὰρ αὐτὸν μεταλαχεῖν εὐσεβοῦς παρεσκεύασε, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἐφύλαξεν ἀστασίαστον, καὶ τὰς τυραννικὰς ἐχαλίνωσε γνώμας. Τῶνδε τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν μεμνημένος ἀεὶ, τὸν εὐεργέτην γεραίρει τοῖς ὕμνοις. Ἔχει δὲ κοινωνοὺς τῆς ὑμνῳδίας τὰς ἀδελφὰς, διὰ βίου τὴν παρθενίαν ἀσκούσας, καὶ τρυφὴν ἡγουμένας μεγίστην τὴν τῶν θείων λογίων μελέτην, καὶ θησαυρὸν ἄσυλον νομιζούσας τῶν δεομένων τὰς χρείας. Αὐτὸν μέντοι τὸν βασιλέα, καὶ πολλὰ ἄλλα ἐκόσμει: οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ φιλανθρωπία, καὶ πραότης, καὶ γαλήνη ψυχῆς ζάλην οὐ δεχομένη, καὶ πίστις ἀκραιφνής τε καὶ δόκιμος. Καὶ ταύτης σαφὲς ἐπιδείξω τεκμήριον.

Ἀνήρ τις, ἀσκητικὸν μὲν ἀσπαζόμενος βίον, θρασυτέρᾳ δὲ χρώμενος γνώμῃ, προσελήλυθε τῷ βασιλεῖ περί τινος δεόμενος. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τοῦτο δράσας πολλάκις οὐκ ἔτυχε, τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς αὐτὸν κοινωνίας ἐκώλυσε, καὶ τὸν δεσμὸν ἐπιθεὶς ὑπεχώρησεν.

Ὁ δὲ πιστότατος βασιλεὺς, παραγενόμενος εἰς τὰ βασίλεια, καὶ τοῦ καιροῦ καλοῦντος εἰς εὐωχίαν, καὶ τῶν συσσίτων παρόντων, οὐκ ἔφη πρὶν λυθῆναι τὸν δεσμὸν μετασχεῖν τροφῆς: καὶ τούτου δὴ ἕνεκα πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα τὸν οἰκειότατον ἔπεμψε, παρακαλῶν ἐπιτρέψαι τῷ δεδωκότι τὸν δεσμὸν διαλῦσαι.

Τοῦ δὲ ἐπισκόπου φήσαντος μὴ χρῆναι παρὰ παντὸς ὁτουοῦν δέχεσθαι τὸν δεσμὸν, καὶ δεδηλωκότος ὡς λέλυται, οὐκ ἐδέξατο τὴν λύσιν, ἕως ὁ δήσας σὺν πολλῷ τῷ πόνῳ ζητηθεὶς τὴν κοινωνίαν ἀπέδωκεν: οὕτω τοῖς θείοις πεπίστευκε νόμοις. Τούτου δὴ ἕνεκα, καὶ αὐτὰ τῶν εἰδωλικῶν σηκῶν τὰ λειπόμενα ἐκ βάθρων ἀνασπασθῆναι προσέταξεν, ὥστε τοὺς μεθ̓ ἡμᾶς ἐσομένους μηδὲν ἴχνος τῆς προτέρας ἐξαπάτης θεάσασθαι: τήνδε γὰρ τὴν διάνοιαν τῷ περὶ τούτων ἐντέθεικε νόμῳ. Τούτων δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν σπερμάτων διηνεκῶς δρέπεται τοὺς καρπούς: τὸν γὰρ τῶν ὅλων Δεσπότην προμηθούμενον ἔχει. Καὶ γὰρ ἡνίκα Ῥωΐλας, Σκυθῶν τῶν Νομάδων ἡγούμενος, τόν τε Ἴστρον διέβη μετὰ στρατιᾶς ὅτι μάλιστα πλείστης, καὶ τὴν Θρᾴκην ἐδῄου καὶ ἐληΐζετο, καὶ τὴν βασιλίδα πόλιν πολιορκήσειν τε καὶ αὐτοβοεὶ αἱρήσειν, καὶ ἀνάστατον ἠπείλει ποιήσειν, σκηπτοῖς ἄνωθεν ὁ Θεὸς καὶ πρηστῆρσι βαλὼν, καὶ αὐτὸν κατέφλεξε, καὶ τὴν στρατιὰν κατανάλωσεν ἅπασαν. Τοιοῦτον δέ τι κὰν τῷ Περσικῷ πολέμῳ πεποίηκεν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι, τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀσχολίαν μεμαθηκότες, κατὰ τῶν ἀστυγειτόνων ἐστράτευσαν, τὰς παρὰ τῆς εἰρήνης παραβεβηκότες σπονδὰς, ἐπεκούρει δὲ τοῖς ʽ??ʼολεμουμένοις οὐδείς: τῇ γὰρ εἰρήνῃ τεθαῤῥηκὼς ὁ βασιλεὺς, εἰς ἑτέρους πολέμους, καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς, καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐξέπεμψεν: ὑετῷ λαυροτάτῳ καὶ χαλάζῃ μεγίστῃ βαλὼν, τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσω πορίαν ἐκώλυσε, καὶ τὸν τῶν ἵππων ἐπέδησε δρόμον: καὶ ἐν εἴκοσι ἡμέραις ἰσαρίθμους ἐξανῦσαι σταδίους οὐκ ἴσχυσαν, ἕως οἱ στρατηγοί τε ἀφίκοντο, καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας συνήθροισαν. Καὶ ὲν τῷ προτέρῳ δὲ πολέμῳ, τούτους αὐτοὺς τὴν ἐπώνυμον τοῦ βασιλέως πολιορκοῦντας πόλιν καταγελάστους ἀπέφηνε. Πλείους γὰρ τριάκοντα ἠμέρας πασσυδεὶ Βαραράνου τὴν προειρημένην κυκλώσαντος πόλιν, καὶ πολλὰς μὲν ἑλεπόλεις προσενεγκόντος, μηχαναῖς δὲ χρησαμένου μυρίαις, καὶ πύργους ἔξωθεν ὑψηλοὺς ἀντεγείραντος, μόνος ἀντέσχεν ὁ θεῖος ἀρχιερεὺς, Εὐνόμιος δὲ τούτῳ ὄνομα ἦν, καὶ τῶν προσφερομένων μηχανημάτων τὴν ῥύμην διέλυσε: καὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων τὴν: πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἀπειρηκότων μάχην, καὶ τοῖς πολιορκουμένοις ἐπαρκεῖν οὐ τολμώντων, οὗτος ἀντιπαραταττόμενος ἀπόρθητον τὴν πόλιν ἐφύλαξεν. Ἑνὸς δὲ τῶν ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων τελούντων βασιλέων τὴν συνήθη βλασφημίαν τετολμηκότος, καὶ τὰ Ῥαψάκου καὶ Σενναχηρεὶβ φθεγξαμένου, καὶ μανικῶς ἀπειλήσαντος τὸν θεῖον πυρπολήσειν νεὼν, οὐκ ἐνεγκὼν τὴν λύτταν ὁ θεῖος ἐκεῖνος ἀνὴρ, τὸ λιθοβόλον ὄργανον, παρὰ τὴν ἔπαλξιν τεθῆναι κελεύσας, ὃ τοῦ ἀποστόλου Θωμᾶ ἐπώνυμον ἦν, καὶ λίθον μέγαν ἐπιτεθῆναι παρεγγυήσας, ὲν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ βλασφημηθέντος ἀφεῖναι προσέταξεν. Ὁ δὲ κατευθὺ τοῦ δυσσεβοῦς βασιλέως ἐκείνου κατενεχθεὶς, καὶ τῷ στόματι πελάσας τῷ μυσαρῷ, τό τε πρόσωπον διέφθειρε, καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν συνέτριψεν ἅπασαν, καὶ τὸν ἐγκέφαλον διέρανε τῇ γῇ. Τοῦτο θεασάμενος ὁ τὴν στρατιὰν ἀγείρας, καὶ τὴν πόλιν αἱρήσειν ἐλπίσας, ᾤχετο τὴν ἧτταν διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων ὁμολογῶν, καὶ δείσας τὴν εἰρήνην ἐσπείσατο. Οὕτως ὁ τῶν ὅλων παμβασιλεὺς τοῦ πιστοτάτου κήδεται βασιλέως. Καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ οὗτος τὴν δουλείαν ὁμολογεῖ, καὶ τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν τῷ Δεσπότῃ θεραπείαν προσφέρει.

5.37 Of Theodotus bishop of Antioch

Theodosius restored the relics of the great luminary of the world to the city which deeply regretted his loss. These events however happened later.

Innocent the excellent bishop of Rome was succeeded by Bonifacius, Bonifacius by Zosimus and Zosimus by Cælestinus.

At Jerusalem after the admirable John the charge of the church was committed to Praylius, a man worthy of his name.

At Antioch after the divine Alexander Theodotus, the pearl of purity, succeeded to the supremacy of the church, a man of conspicuous meekness and of exact regularity of life. By him the sect of Apollinarius was admitted to fellowship with the rest of the sheep on the earnest request of its members to be united with the flock. Many of them however continued marked by their former unsoundness.

Περὶ Θεοδότου ἐπισκόπου Ἀντιοχείας.

Οὗτος τοῦ μεγάλου φωστῆρος τῆς οἰκουμένης τὰ λείψανα τῇ ποθούσῃ ἀποδέδωκε πόλει. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ὕστερον ἐγένετο.

Ἰννοκέντιον δὲ ἐκεῖνον, τὸν ἄριστον τῆς Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοπον, Βονιφάτιος διεδέξατο: Ζώσιμος δὲ, Βονιφάτιον: τὸν δὲ Ζώσιμον, Κελεστῖνος. Ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις δὲ, μετὰ τὸν θαυμάσιον Ἰωάννην, Πραΰλιος τὴν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐπιστεύθη κηδεμονίαν, ἀνὴρ τῷ ὄντι φερώνυμος. Ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ δὲ, μετὰ τὸν θεῖον Ἀλέξανδρον, Θεόδοτος, τῆς σωφροσύνης ὁ μαργαρίτης, τὴν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας προεδρίαν παρέλαβε, πραότητι μὲν διαπρέπων, ἀκριβείᾳ δὲ βίου κοσμούμενος.

Οὗτος Ἀπολιναρίου φρατρίαν τοῖς ἄλλοις προβάτοις ἀνέμιξε, λιπαρηθεὶς αὐτοὺς ἑνῶσαι τῇ ποίμνῃ. Πολλοὶ δὲ τούτων διέμειναν τὴν προτέραν λώβην ἐπίσημον ἔχοντες.

5.38 Of the persecutions in Persia and of them that were martyred there

At this time Isdigirdes, King of the Persians, began to wage war against the churches and the circumstances which caused him so to do were as follows. A certain bishop, Abdas by name, adorned with many virtues, was stirred with undue zeal and destroyed a Pyreum, Pyreum being the name given by the Persians to the temples of the fire which they regarded as their God.

On being informed of this by the Magi Isdigirdes sent for Abdas and first in moderate language complained of what had taken place and ordered him to rebuild the Pyreum.

This the bishop, in reply, positively refused to do, and thereupon the king threatened to destroy all the churches, and in the end carried out all his threats, for first he gave orders for the execution of that holy man and then commanded the destruction of the churches. Now I am of opinion that to destroy the Pyreum was wrong and inexpedient, for not even the divine Apostle, when he came to Athens and saw the city wholly given to idolatry, destroyed any one of the altars which the Athenians honoured, but convicted them of their ignorance by his arguments, and made manifest the truth. But the refusal to rebuild the fallen temple, and the determination to choose death rather than so do, I greatly praise and honour, and count to be a deed worthy of the martyr’s crown; for building a shrine in honour of the fire seems to me to be equivalent to adoring it.

From this beginning arose a tempest which stirred fierce and cruel waves against the nurslings of the true faith, and when thirty years had gone by the agitation still remained kept up by the Magi, as the sea is kept in commotion by the blasts of furious winds. Magi is the name given by the Persians to the worshippers of the sun and moon but I have exposed their fabulous system in another treatise and have adduced solutions of their difficulties.

On the death of Isdigirdes, Vararanes, his son, inherited at once the kingdom and the war against the faith, and dying in his turn left them both together to his son. To relate the various kinds of tortures and cruelties inflicted on the saints is no easy task. In some cases the hands were flayed, in others the back; of others they stripped the heads of skin from brow to beard; others were enveloped in split reeds with the cut part turned inwards and were surrounded with tight bandages from head to foot; then each of the reeds was dragged out by force, and, tearing away the adjacent portions of the skin, caused severe agony; pits were dug and carefully greased in which quantities of mice were put; then they let down the martyrs, bound hand and foot, so as not to be able to protect themselves from the animals, to be food for the mice, and the mice, under stress of hunger, little by little devoured the flesh of the victims, causing them long and terrible suffering. By others sufferings were endured even more terrible than these, invented by the enemy of humanity and the opponent of the truth, but the courage of the martyrs was unbroken, and they hastened unbidden in their eagerness to win that death which ushers men into indestructible life.

Of these I will cite one or two to serve as examples of the courage of the rest. Among the noblest of the Persians was one called Hormisdas, by race an Achæmenid and the son of a Prefect. On receiving information that he was a Christian the king summoned him and ordered him to abjure God his Saviour. He replied that the royal orders were neither right nor reasonable, “for he,” so he went on, “who is taught to find no difficulty in spurning and denying the God of all, will haply the more easily despise a king who is a man of mortal nature; and if, sir, he who denies thy sovereignty is deserving of the severest punishment, how much more terrible a chastisement is not due to him who denies the Creator of the world?” The king ought to have admired the wisdom of what was said, but, instead of this, he stripped the noble athlete of his wealth and rank, and ordered him to go clad in nothing save a loin cloth, and drive the camels of the army. After some days had gone by, as he looked out of his chamber, he saw the excellent man scorched by the rays of the sun, and covered with dust, and he bethought him of his father’s illustrious rank, and sent for him, and told him to put on a tunic of linen. Then thinking the toil he had suffered, and the kindness shewn him, had softened his heart, “Now at least,” said he “give over your opposition, and deny the carpenter’s son.” Full of holy zeal Hormisdas tore the tunic and flung it away saying, “If you think that this will make one give up the true faith, keep your present with your false belief.” When the king saw how bold he was he drove him naked from the palace.

One Suenes, who owned a thousand slaves, resisted the King, and refused to deny his master. The King therefore asked him which of his slaves was the vilest, and to this slave handed over the ownership of all the rest, and gave him Suenes to be his slave. He also gave him in marriage Suenes’ wife, supposing that thus he could bend the will of the champion of the truth. But he was disappointed, for he had built his house upon the rock.

The king also seized and imprisoned a deacon of the name of Benjamin. After two years there came an envoy from Rome, to treat of other matters, who, when he was informed of this imprisonment, petitioned the king to release the deacon. The king ordered Benjamin to promise that he would not attempt to teach the Christian religion to any of the Magi, and the envoy exhorted Benjamin to obey, but Benjamin, after he heard what the envoy had to say, replied, “It is impossible for me not to impart the light which I have received; for how great a penalty is due for the hiding of our talent is taught in the history of the holy gospels.” Up to this time the King had not been informed of this refusal and ordered him to be set free. Benjamin continued as he was wont seeking to catch them that were held down by the darkness of ignorance, and bringing them to the light of knowledge. After a year information of his conduct was given to the king, and he was summoned and ordered to deny Him whom he worshipped. He then asked the king “What punishment should be assigned to one who should desert his allegiance and prefer another?” “Death and torture,” said the king. “How then” continued the wise deacon “should he be treated who abandons his Maker and Creator, makes a God of one of his fellow slaves, and offers to him the honour due to his Lord?” Then the king was moved with wrath, and had twenty reeds pointed, and driven into the nails of his hands and feet. When he saw that Benjamin took this torture for child’s play, he pointed another reed and drove it into his privy part and by working it up and down caused unspeakable agony. After this torture the impious and savage tyrant ordered him to be impaled upon a stout knotted staff, and so the noble sufferer gave up the ghost.

Innumerable other similar deeds of violence were committed by these impious men, but we must not be astonished that the Lord of all endures their savagery and impiety, for indeed before the reign of Constantine the Great all the Roman emperors wreaked their wrath on the friends of the truth, and Diocletian, on the day of the Saviour’s passion, destroyed the churches throughout the Roman Empire, but after nine years had gone by they rose again in bloom and beauty many times larger and more splendid than before, and he and his iniquity perished.

These wars and the victory of the church had been predicted by the Lord, and the event teaches us that war brings us more blessing than peace. Peace makes us delicate, easy and cowardly. War whets our courage and makes us despise this present world as passing away. But these are observations which we have often made in other writings.

Περὶ τοῦ ὲν Περσίδι διωγμοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐκεῖσε μαρτυρησάντων.

Κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, Ἰσδιγέρδης ὁ τῶν Περσῶν βασιλεὺς τὸν κατὰ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ἐκίνησε πόλεμον, πρόφασιν ἐντεῦθεν λαβών. Αὔδας τις ἐπίσκοπος ἦν, πολλοῖς κοσμούμενος εἴδεσιν ἀρετῆς. Οὗτος οὐκ εἰς δέον τῷ ζήλῳ χρησάμενος πυρεῖον κατέλυσε.

Πυρεῖα δὲ καλοῦσιν ἐκεῖνοι τοῦ πυρὸς τοὺς νεώς.

Θεὸν γὰρ τὸ πῦρ ὑπειλήφασι. Τοῦτο μαθὼν παρὰ τῶν μάγων ὁ βασιλεὺς, μετεστείλατο τὸν Ἁ??ʼδαν, καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἠπίως τὸ πραχθὲν ᾐτιάσατο, καὶ τὸ πυρεῖον οἰκοδομῆσαι προσέταξεν. Ἐκείνου δὲ ἀντιλέγοντος, καὶ τοῦτο δράσειν ἥκιστα φάσκοντος, πάσας καταλύσειν τὰς ἐκκλησίας ἠπείλησε: καὶ μέντοι καὶ τέλος ἐπέθηκεν οἶς ἠπείλησε. Πρότερον γὰρ τὸν θεῖον ἄνδρα ἐκεῖνον ἀναιρεθῆναι κελεύσας, καταλυθῆναι τὰς ἐκκλησίας προσέταξεν. Ἐγὼ δὲ τὴν μὲν τοῦ πυρείου κατάλυσιν οὐκ εἰς καιρὸν γεγενῆσθαί φημι.

Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ θεῖος Ἀπόστολος, εἰς τὰς Ἀθήνας ἀφικὸμενος, καὶ τὴν πόλιν κατείδωλον θεασάμενος, τῶν βωμῶν τινα τῶν ὑπ’ ἐκείνων τιμωμένων κατέλυσεν: ἀλλὰ λόγῳ καὶ τὴν ἄγνοιαν ἤλεγξε, καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἔδειξε, Τὸ δὲ τὸν καταλυθέντα μὴ ἀνοικοδομῆσαι νεὼν, ἀλλὰ τὴν σφαγὴν ἑλέσθαι μᾶλλον ἣ τοῦτο δράσαι, κομιδῇ θαυμάζω, καὶ στεφάνων τιμῶμαι.

Ἴσον γάρ μοι δοκεῖ τοῦ προσκυνῆσαι τὸ πῦρ. τὸ τούτῳ τέμενος δείμασθαι. Ἐντεῦθεν ὁ κλύδων ἀρχὴν λαβὼν, παγχάλεπά τε καὶ ἄγρια κατὰ τῶν τῆς εὐσεβείας τροφίμων ἐκίνησε κύματα, καὶ τριάκοντα διεληλυθότων ἐτῶν, ἡ ζάλη μεμένηκεν ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων καθάπερ ὑπό τινων καταιγίδων ῥιπιζομένη, Μάγους δὲ καλοῦσιν οἱ Πέρσαι τοὺς τὰ στοιχεῖα θεοποιοῦντας: τὴν δὲ τούτων μυθολογίαν ἐν ἑτέρῳ συγγράμματι δεδηλώκαμεν, ἐν ᾧ τὴν λύσιν ταῖς τούτὡ??ʼ πεύσεσι προσηνέγκαμεν. Καὶ Βαραράνης δὲ ὁ Ἰσδιγέρδου, μετὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς τελευτὴν, σὺν τῇ βασιλείᾳ καὶ τὸν κατὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας διεδέξατο πόλεμον. καὶ τελευτῶν ἄμφω ταῦτα συνεζευγμένα καταλέλοιπε τῷ παιδί. Τὰς δὲ τῶν τιμωριῶν εἰδέας, καὶ τῶν κολαστηρίων τὰς ἐπινοίας, ἃς τοῖς εὐσεβέσι προσήνεγκαν, οὐ ῤᾴδιον φράσαι. Τῶν μὲν γὰρ τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέδειραν, τῶν δὲ τὰ νῶτα: ἄλλων δὲ τὰς κεφαλὰς ἀπὸ τῶν μετώπων ἀρξάμενοι μέχρι τῶν πωγώνων γυμνὰς τῶν δερμάτων εἰργάσαντο: ἐνίους δὲ καλάμοις ἡμιτόμοις καλύψαντες, καὶ τὰς τομὰς τῷ σώματι προσαρμόσαντες, εἶτα δεσμὰ στεγανὰ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς μέχρι τῶν ποδῶν περιθέντες, βίᾳ ἕκαστον τῶν καλαμῶν ἐξεῖλκον, ἵνα τὸ πελάζον τοῦ δέρματος παρασύροντες πικρὰς τὰς ὀδύνας ἐργάζωνται. Καὶ λάκκους δὲ ὀρύξαντες, καὶ τούτους ἀκριβῶς καταχρίσαντες, μυῶν μεγάλων ἀγέλας ἐν τούτοις καθεῖρξαν, καὶ τροφὴν αὐτοῖς τοὺς τῆς εὐσεβείας προσέφερον ἀθλητὰς, καὶ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ τοὺς πόδας δεσμοῦντες, ὅπως ἀπὸ σφῶν ἀπελαύνειν τὰ θηρία μὴ δύνωνται. Οἱ δὲ μῦες ὑπὸ τοῦ λιμοῦ πιεζόμενοι, καταβραχὺ τὰς τῶν ἁγίων κατανήλισκον σάρκας, μακρὰν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἀλγεινὴν τὴν τιμωρίαν προσφέροντες. Καὶ ἄλλας δὲ τούτων χαλεπωτέρας ἐπενόησαν τιμωρίας, τὸν τῆς φύσεως ἀλάστορα, καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας πολέμιον διδάσκαλον ἔχοντες. Ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἤλεγξαν τῶν ἀθλητῶν τὴν ἀνδρείαν.

Αὐτόματοι γὰρ ἔτρεχον, τὸν τῆς ἀνωλέθρου ζωῆς πρόξενον λαβεῖν ἱμειρόμενοι θάνατον. Δύο δὲ ἤ τριῶν μνησθήσομαι, ἵνα διὰ τούτων ἐπιδείξω καὶ τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ἀνδρείαν. Ὁρμίσδης τις τῶν ἄγαν περιφανῶν παρὰ Πέρσαις ἐτύγχανεν ὣν, Ἀχεμενίδης ἀνὴρ, πατέρα ὕπαρχον ἐσχηκώς. Τοῦτον Χριστιανὸν εἶναι μεμαθηκὼς ὁ βασιλεὺς ἤγαγέ τε καὶ προσέταξεν ἀρνηθῆναι τὸν σεσωκότα θεόν. Ὁ δὲ ἔφη. μήτε δίκαια, μήτε συμφέροντα προστεταχέναι τὸν βασιλέα: Ὁ γάρ τοι παιδευόμενος ῥᾳδίως τοῦ Θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων καταφρονεῖν, καὶ τοῦτον ἀρνεῖσθαι, ῥᾷον ἂν καὶ βασιλέως καταφρονήσει: ἄνθρωπος γὰρ δὴ οὗτος, θνητὴν φύσιν κεκληρωμένος. Εἰ δὲ τιμωρίας ἐσχάτης ἄξιος ὁ τὰ σὰ, ὦ βασιλεῦ, ἀρνούμενος σκῆπτρα, πολλαπλασίων κολάσεων ἀξιώτερος ὁ τῶν τοῦ παντὸς ἀρνούμενος Ποιητήν. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς. δέον τὴν τῶν εἰρημένων θαυμάσαι σοφίαν, ἐγύμνωσε μὲν καὶ τοῦ πλούτου καὶ τῶν ἀξιωμάτων τὸν γενναῖον ἀθλητήν: γυμνὸν δὲ ἕλκειν τῆς στρατιᾶς τὰς καμήλους ἐκέλευσε διαζώματι χρώμενον μόνον. Πολλῶν δὲ διελθουσῶν ἡμερῶν, διακύψας ἀπὸ τῆς καμάρας, εἶδε τὸν ἄριστον ἅνδρα ἐκεῖνον ὑπὸ τῆς ἀκτῖνος φλεγόμενον, καὶ κόνεως ἀναπιπλάμενον: καὶ τῆς πατρῴας περιφανείας ἀναμνησθεὶς ἤγαγέ τε καὶ ἐνδύσασθαι χιτωνίσκον ἐκ λίνου πεποιημένον ἐκέλευσεν. Εἶτα νομίσας ὑπό τε τοῦ προτέρου πόνου καὶ τῆς γεγενημένης φιλανθρωπίας μαλακισθῆναι τὸ φρόνημα: Νῦν γοῦν, ἔφη, τῆς ἔριδος ἐκείνης ἀπαλλαγεὶς ἀρνήθητι τοῦ τέκτονος τὸν υἱόν. Ὁ δὲ ζήλου θείου πλησθεὶς διέῤῥηξέ τε τὸν χιτωνίσκον, καὶ προσέῤῥιψεν ὑπειπών: Εἰ διὰ τοῦτό με οἴει τῆς εὐσεβείας ἐκστήσεσθαι, ἔχε τὸ δῶρον μετὰ τῆς δυσσεβείας. Ταύτην αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀνδρείαν ὁ βασιλεὺς θεασάμενος, γυμνὸν οὕτω τῆς βασιλείας ἐξήλασε. Καὶ Σουήνην δὲ χιλίων οἰκετῶν δεσπότην, ἀντειπόντα αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀρνηθῆναι τὸν Ποιητὴν οὐκ ἀνασχόμενον, ἐρόμενος ὅστις εἴη τῶν οἰκετῶν ὁ κάκιστος, ἐκείνῳ τῶν ἄλλων τὴν δεσποτείαν παρέδωκε, καὶ τὸν δεσπότην ἐκείνῳ δουλεύειν προσέταξε: συνέζευξε δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν δέσποιναν τὴν τοῦ δεσπότου ὁμόζυγα, ταύτῃ μεταπείσειν ὑποτοπήσας τῆς ἀληθείας τὸν πρόμαχον: ἀλλ’ ἐψεύσθη τῆς ἐλπίδος. Ἐπὶ γὰρ τῆς πέτρας ᾠκοδομημένην εἶχε τὴν οἰκίαν. Βενιαμὴν δὲ τινα διάκονον συλλαβὼν καθεῖρξε: δύο δὲ διεληλυθότων ἐτῶν, πρεσβευτὴς Ῥωμαίων ἀφίκετο, περὶ ἑτέρων πρεσβεύων πραγμάτων: εἶτα τοῦτο μαθὼν, ᾔτησε τὸν βασιλέα τοῦ διακόνου τὴν ἄφεσιν. δὲ βασιλεὺς ὑποσχέσθαι προσέταξε τὸν Βενιαμὴν, ὡς οὐδενὶ τῶν μάγων τὴν Χριστιανικὴν διδασκαλίαν προσοίσει. Καὶ ὁ μὲν πρεσβευτὴς φυλάξειν τὰ προσταχθέντα τὸν Βενιαμὴν ἐπηγγείλατο: ὁ δὲ Βενιαμὴν, ἀκούσας τῶν τοῦ πρεσβευτοῦ παραινέσεων: Ἀδύνατον, ἔφη, μὴ μεταδοῦναί με τοῦ φωτὸς οὖ μετέλαχον.

Ὁπόσης γὰρ ἄξιον τιμωρίας κατακρύψαι τὸ τάλαντον, ἡ τῶν ἱερῶν Εὐαγγελίων ἱστορία διδάσκει. Ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν οὐδὲν τηνικαῦτα γνοὺς ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν τῶν δεσμῶν ἀφεθῆναι.

Ἐκεῖνος δὲ τὰ συνήθη διετέλει, καὶ ζωγρῶν τοὺς τῷ ζόφῳ τῆς ἀγνοίας κατεχομένους, καὶ τῷ νοερῷ προσάγων φωτί. Ἐνιαὐτοῦ δὲ διελθόντος, ἐμηνύθη τῷ βασιλεῖ τὰ παῤ ἐκείνου γιγνόμενα: καὶ ἀγαγὼν αὐτὸν, ἀρνηθῆναι προσέταξε τὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ προσκυνούμενον.

Ὁ δὲ ἤρετο τὸν βασιλέα, τίνος τιμᾶται τὸν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ μὲν καταλιπόντα βασιλείαν, ἑτέραν δὲ προαιρούμενον: ἐκείνου δὲ εἰπόντος, θανάτου καὶ τιμωρίας ἐσχάτης, εἶπέν ὁ σοφώτατος ἀνήρ: Τί οὖν οὐκ ἂν πάθοι δικαίως ἄνθρωπος, τὸν μὲν Ποιητὴν καὶ Δημιουργὸν καταλιμπάνων, ἔνα δὲ τῶν ὁμοδούλων θεοποιῶν, καὶ τὸ ὀφειλόμενον ἐκείνῳ σέβας τούτῳ προσφέρων; Χαλεπήνας δὴ οὗν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους λόγους ὁ βασιλεὺς, εἴκοσι καλάμους ὀξύνας, τοῖς τῶν χειρῶν καὶ τῶν ποδῶν ἐνέπειρεν ὄνυξιν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ʽ??ʼώρα παίγνιον τὴν τιμωρίαν ὑπολαμβάνοντα, ἕτερον αὖ πάλιν κάλαμον ὀξύνας, ἐνέβαλε τῷ παιδογόνῳ μορίῳ, καὶ τοῦτον συνεχῶς ἐξαίρων καὶ ἐνείρων, ἀῤῥήτους τινὰς ἀλγηδόνας εἰργάζετο. Μετὰ τήνδε τὴν τιμωρίαν, ὁ δυσσεβὴς καὶ θηριώδης ῥάβδον παχεῖαν, ὄζους πάντοθεν ἔχουσαν, εἴσω θἑ??ʼναι διὰ τῆς ἔδρας ἐκέλευσεν: οὕτω τὸ πνεῦμα παρέδωκεν ὁ γενναῖος ἀγωνιστής. Καὶ ἅλλα δὲ μυρία δὲ μυρία τοιαῦτα παῤ ἐκείνων ἐτολμήθη τῶν δυσσεβῶν.

Οὐ χρὴ δὲ θαυμάζειν ὅτι τῆς ἐκείνων θηριωδίας καὶ δυσσεβείας ἀνέχεται ὁ τῶν ὅλων Πρύτανις.

Καὶ γὰρ πρὸ τῆς Κωνσταντίνου τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλείας, ὅσοι Ῥωμαῖοι ἐγένοντο βασιλεῖς, κατὰ τῶν θιασωτῶν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐλύττησαν. Διοκλητιανὸς δὲ ἐν τῇ τοῦ σωτηρίου πάθους ἡμέρᾳ τὰς ἐν ἁπάσῃ τῇ Ῥωμαίων ἡγεμονίᾳ κατέλυσεν ἐκκλησίας Ἀλλ’ ἐννέα διεληλυθότων ἐτῶν, αὐταὶ μὲν ἤνθησαν, καὶ πολλαπλάσιον ἐδέξαντο μέγεθός τε καὶ κάλλος: ἐκεῖνος δὲ μετὰ τῆς δυσσεβείας ἀπεσβέσθη. Καὶ τοὺς πολέμους δὲ τούτους προείρηκεν ὁ Δεσπότης, καὶ τὸ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἀήττητον. Καὶ αὐτὰ δὲ ἡμᾶς διδάσκει τὰ πράγματα, ὡς πλείονα ἡμῖν τῆς εἰρήνης ὁ πόλεμος πορίζει τὴν ὠφέλειαν. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἁβροὺς ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἀνημέρους, καὶ δειλοὺς ἀπεργάζεται: ὁ δὲ πόλεμος τά τε φρονήματα παραθήγει, καὶ τῶν παρόντων ὡς ῥεόντων παρασκευάζει καταφρονεῖν.

Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν καὶ ἐν ἑτέραις πραγματείαις πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν.

5.39 Of Theodorus, bishop of Mopsuestia PG 82, 1277

When the divine Theodorus was ruling the church of Antioch, Theodorus, bishop of Mopsuestia, a doctor of the whole church and successful combatant against every heretical phalanx, ended this life. He had enjoyed the teaching of the great Diodorus, and was the friend and fellow-worker of the holy John, for they both together benefited by the spiritual draughts given by Diodorus. Six-and-thirty years he had spent in his bishopric, fighting against the forces of Arius and Eunomius, struggling against the piratical band of Apollinarius, and finding the best pasture for God’s sheep. His brother Polychronius was the excellent bishop of Apamea, a man gifted with great eloquence and of illustrious character.

I shall now make an end of my history, and shall entreat those who meet with it to requite my labour with their prayers. The narrative now embraces a period of 105 years, beginning from the Arian madness and ending with the death of the admirable Theodorus and Theodotus. I will give a list of the bishops of great cities after the persecution.

List of the bishops of great cities.

Of Rome:—

Miltiades............................................................................................. [Melchiades. 311–314]

Silvester.................................................................................................................. [314–335]

Julius................................................................................ [337–352. Mark Jan. to Oct., 336]

Liberius................................................................................................................... [352–366]

Damasus................................................................................................................. [366–384]

Siricius.................................................................................................................... [384–398]

Anastasius............................................................................................................... [398–401]

Innocentius.............................................................................................................. [402–417]

Bonifacius.......................................................................................................... [418–422]

Zosimus.................................................................................................................. [417–418]

Cælestinus.............................................................................................................. [422–432]

Of Antioch:—

Vitalius (Orthodox)................................................................................................. [312–318]

Philogonius (Orthodox)........................................................................................... [318–323]

Eustathius (Orthodox)........................................................................................ [325–328]

Eulalius (Arians)................................................................................................ [328–330]

Euphronius (Arians)......................................................................................... [330–332]

Placidus (Arians)..................................................................................................... [332–342]

Stephanus (Arians).................................................................................................. [342–348]

Leontius (Arians)..................................................................................................... [348–357]

Eudoxius (Arians).................................................................................................... [357–359]

Meletius (Orthodox)....................................................................................... [360 (died) 381]

Flavianus (Orthodox).............................................................................................. [381–404]

Porphyrius (Orthodox)............................................................................................ [404–413]

Alexander (Orthodox)............................................................................................. [413–419]

Theodotus (Orthodox)............................................................................................ [419–429]

Paulinus III. (Eustathians)........................................................................................ [362–388]

Evagrius (Eustathians)................................................................................................. [388– ]

Of Alexandria:—

Peter....................................................................................................................... [301–312]

Achillas................................................................................................................... [312–313]

Alexander............................................................................................................... [313–326]

Athanasius.............................................................................................................. [326–341]

Gregory (Arian)...................................................................................................... [341–347]

Athanasius.............................................................................................................. [347–356]

George (heretic)...................................................................................................... [356–362]

Athanasius.............................................................................................................. [363–373]

Peter (disciple of Athanasius)................................................................................... [373–373]

Lucius (Arian)......................................................................................................... [373–377]

Peter....................................................................................................................... [377–378]

Timothy.................................................................................................................. [378–385]

Theophilus.............................................................................................................. [385–412]

Cyril....................................................................................................................... [412–444]

Of Jerusalem:—

Macarius................................................................................................................. [324–336]

Maximus................................................................................................................. [336–350]

Cyril....................................................................................................................... [350–388]

John........................................................................................................................ [388–416]

Praylius................................................................................................................... [416–425]

Juvenalius................................................................................................................ [425–458]

Of Constantinopole:

Alexander............................................................................................................... [326–340]

Eusebius of Nicomedia (Arian)................................................................................ [340–342]

Paul the Confessor.................................................................................................. [342–342]

Macedonius the enemy of the Holy Ghost................................................................ [342–360]

The impious Eudoxius.............................................................................................. [360–370]

Demophilus of Berœa in Thrace (heretic)..................................................................... [370– ]

Gregory of Nazianzus....................................................................................... [380–381]

Nectarius................................................................................................................ [381–398]

John Chrysostom.................................................................................................... [398–404]

Arsacius.................................................................................................................. [404–406]

Atticus.................................................................................................................... [406–426]

Sissinnius................................................................................................................ [426–428]

Περὶ Θεοδώρου ἐπισκόπου Μοψουεστίας.

Κατ’ ἐκεῖνον δὲ τὸν χρόνον, καθ̓ ὃν ὁ θεῖος Θεόδοτος τὴν Ἀντιοχέων ἴθυνεν Ἐκκλησίαν, Θεόδωρος ὁ Μοψουεστίας ἐπίσκοπος, πάσης μὲν Ἐκκλησίας διδάσκαλος, κατὰ πάσης δὲ φάλαγγος αἱρετικῆς ἀριστεύσας, τοῦ βίου τὸ τέλος ἐδέξατο. Οὗτος τῆς μὲν Διοδώρου τοῦ πάνυ διδασκαλείας ἀπήλαυσεν: Ἰωάννου δὲ τοῦ θειοτάτου γεγένηται κοινωνός τι καὶ συνεργός: κοινῇ γὰρ τῶν πνευματικῶν Διοδώρου ναμάτων ἀπήλαυον. Ἔξ δὲ καὶ τριάκοντα ἐν τῇ προεδρίᾳ διετέλεσεν ἔτη, κατὰ τῆς Ἀρείου καὶ Εὐνομίου παραταττόμενος φάλαγγος, καὶ τὸν λῃστρικὸν Ἀπολιναρίου καταγωνιζόμενος λόχον, καὶ τὴν ἀρίστην πόαν τοῖς θείοις προβάτοις προσφέρων. Καὶ ὁ τούτου δὲ ἀδελφὸς Πολυχρόνιος τὴν Ἀπαμέων Ἐκκλησίαν ἐποίμαινεν ἄριστα, καὶ τῇ τοῦ λόγου χάριτι, καὶ τῇ τοῦ βίου λαμπρότητι χρώμενος. Ἐγὼ δὲ τῆς συγγραφῆς ἐνταῦθα παυσάμενος, τοὺς ἐντευξομένους ἀντιβολῶ προσευχαῖς τὸν πόνον ἀμείψασθαι.

Πέντε μέντοι καὶ ἑκατὸν ἐτῶν ἥδε ἡ ἱστορία περιέχει χρόνον, ἀρξαμένη μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀρείου λύττης, δεξαμένη δὲ πέρας τῶν ἀξιεπαίνων ἀνδρῶν Θεοδώρου καὶ Θεοδότου τὴν τελευτήν. Καταλέξω δὲ κατὰ τάξιν καὶ τοὺς μετὰ τὸν διωγμὸν τῶν μεγάλων ἡγεμονεύσαντας πόλεων.

ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ Τῶν μεγίστων ἡγεμονευσάντων πόλεων ἐπισκόπων.

Ῥωμαίων Μιλτιάδης Σίλυεστρος, Ἰούλιος Αιβέριος, Δάμασος, Σιρίκιος, Ἀναστάσιος, Ἰνοκέντιος, Βονιφάτιος, Ζώσιμος, Κελεστῖνος.

Ἀντιοχέων ἐπίσκοποι: Βιτάλιος, Φιλογόνιος, Εὐστάθιος: οὗτοι ὀρθόδοξοι: εἶτα Ἀρειανοὶ, Εὐλάλιος, Εὐφρόνιος, Φλάκιτος, Στέφανος, Λεόντιος.

Εὐδόξιος: ἔπειτα ὀρθόδοξοι, Μελέτιος, Φλαυῖανὸς, Πορφύριος, Ἀλέξανδρος, Θεόδοτος: καὶ συνήφθησαν τούτοις οἱ ἀπὸ Εὐσταθίου Παυλῖνος καὶ Εὐάγριος.

Ἀλεξανδρέων: Πέτρος, Ἀχιλλᾶς, Ἀλέξανδρος, Ἀθανάσιος, Γρηγόριος Ἀρειανός: εἶτα πάλιν Ἀθανάσιος: Γεώργιος αἱρετικός: εἶτα πάλιν Ἀθανάσιος, Πέτρος ὁ Ἀθανασίου μαθητής: εἶτα Λούκιος Ἀρειανός: εἶτα πάλιν Πέτρος, Τιμόθεος, Θεόφιλος, Κύριλλος ὁ Θεοφίλου ἀνεψιός.

Ἱεροσολύμων ἐπίσκοποι: Μακάριος, Μάξιμος, Κύριλλος, Ἰωάννης, Πραΰλιος, Ἰουβενάλιος. Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπίσκοποι: Ἀλέξανδρος, Εὐσέβιος ὁ Νικομηδείας ἐκ μεταθέσεως Ἀρειανὸς, μετὰ τοῦτον Παῦλος ὁ ὀμολογητὴς, Μακεδόνιος ὁ πνευματομάχος. Τοῦτον παρωσάμενος Εὐδόξιος ὁ δυσσεβὴς κατέσχε τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν. Δημόφιλος ὁ Βερόης τῆς Θρᾴκης αἱρετικὸς Γρηγόριος ὁ Ναζιανζοῦ, Νεκτάριος, Ἰωάννης ὁ Χρυσόστομος, Ἀρσάκιος, Ἀττικὸς, Σισίννιος.

Philip Schaff and Henry Wace (eds.), New York: Christian Literature Publishing Co., 1890-1900. Public domain: English translation first published 1885-1900 (Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Second Series). Greek: First1KGreek transcription of public-domain editions, CC BY-SA 4.0 (Open Greek and Latin).

Salva per dopo

Inserisci la tua email: ti invieremo un link per accedere. Nessuna password. Ciò che salvi (voci, versetti, capitoli, documenti) ti segue su ogni dispositivo.